1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * screen.c: code for displaying on the screen 12 * 13 * Output to the screen (console, terminal emulator or GUI window) is minimized 14 * by remembering what is already on the screen, and only updating the parts 15 * that changed. 16 * 17 * ScreenLines[off] Contains a copy of the whole screen, as it is currently 18 * displayed (excluding text written by external commands). 19 * ScreenAttrs[off] Contains the associated attributes. 20 * LineOffset[row] Contains the offset into ScreenLines*[] and ScreenAttrs[] 21 * for each line. 22 * LineWraps[row] Flag for each line whether it wraps to the next line. 23 * 24 * For double-byte characters, two consecutive bytes in ScreenLines[] can form 25 * one character which occupies two display cells. 26 * For UTF-8 a multi-byte character is converted to Unicode and stored in 27 * ScreenLinesUC[]. ScreenLines[] contains the first byte only. For an ASCII 28 * character without composing chars ScreenLinesUC[] will be 0 and 29 * ScreenLinesC[][] is not used. When the character occupies two display 30 * cells the next byte in ScreenLines[] is 0. 31 * ScreenLinesC[][] contain up to 'maxcombine' composing characters 32 * (drawn on top of the first character). There is 0 after the last one used. 33 * ScreenLines2[] is only used for euc-jp to store the second byte if the 34 * first byte is 0x8e (single-width character). 35 * 36 * The screen_*() functions write to the screen and handle updating 37 * ScreenLines[]. 38 * 39 * update_screen() is the function that updates all windows and status lines. 40 * It is called form the main loop when must_redraw is non-zero. It may be 41 * called from other places when an immediate screen update is needed. 42 * 43 * The part of the buffer that is displayed in a window is set with: 44 * - w_topline (first buffer line in window) 45 * - w_topfill (filler lines above the first line) 46 * - w_leftcol (leftmost window cell in window), 47 * - w_skipcol (skipped window cells of first line) 48 * 49 * Commands that only move the cursor around in a window, do not need to take 50 * action to update the display. The main loop will check if w_topline is 51 * valid and update it (scroll the window) when needed. 52 * 53 * Commands that scroll a window change w_topline and must call 54 * check_cursor() to move the cursor into the visible part of the window, and 55 * call redraw_later(VALID) to have the window displayed by update_screen() 56 * later. 57 * 58 * Commands that change text in the buffer must call changed_bytes() or 59 * changed_lines() to mark the area that changed and will require updating 60 * later. The main loop will call update_screen(), which will update each 61 * window that shows the changed buffer. This assumes text above the change 62 * can remain displayed as it is. Text after the change may need updating for 63 * scrolling, folding and syntax highlighting. 64 * 65 * Commands that change how a window is displayed (e.g., setting 'list') or 66 * invalidate the contents of a window in another way (e.g., change fold 67 * settings), must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID) to have the whole window 68 * redisplayed by update_screen() later. 69 * 70 * Commands that change how a buffer is displayed (e.g., setting 'tabstop') 71 * must call redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID) to have all the windows for the 72 * buffer redisplayed by update_screen() later. 73 * 74 * Commands that change highlighting and possibly cause a scroll too must call 75 * redraw_later(SOME_VALID) to update the whole window but still use scrolling 76 * to avoid redrawing everything. But the length of displayed lines must not 77 * change, use NOT_VALID then. 78 * 79 * Commands that move the window position must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID). 80 * TODO: should minimize redrawing by scrolling when possible. 81 * 82 * Commands that change everything (e.g., resizing the screen) must call 83 * redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID) or redraw_all_later(CLEAR). 84 * 85 * Things that are handled indirectly: 86 * - When messages scroll the screen up, msg_scrolled will be set and 87 * update_screen() called to redraw. 88 */ 89 90 #include "vim.h" 91 92 #define MB_FILLER_CHAR '<' /* character used when a double-width character 93 * doesn't fit. */ 94 95 /* 96 * The attributes that are actually active for writing to the screen. 97 */ 98 static int screen_attr = 0; 99 100 /* 101 * Positioning the cursor is reduced by remembering the last position. 102 * Mostly used by windgoto() and screen_char(). 103 */ 104 static int screen_cur_row, screen_cur_col; /* last known cursor position */ 105 106 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 107 static match_T search_hl; /* used for 'hlsearch' highlight matching */ 108 #endif 109 110 #if defined(FEAT_MENU) || defined(FEAT_FOLDING) 111 static int text_to_screenline(win_T *wp, char_u *text, int col); 112 #endif 113 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 114 static foldinfo_T win_foldinfo; /* info for 'foldcolumn' */ 115 static int compute_foldcolumn(win_T *wp, int col); 116 #endif 117 118 /* Flag that is set when drawing for a callback, not from the main command 119 * loop. */ 120 static int redrawing_for_callback = 0; 121 122 /* 123 * Buffer for one screen line (characters and attributes). 124 */ 125 static schar_T *current_ScreenLine; 126 127 static void win_update(win_T *wp); 128 static void win_redr_status(win_T *wp, int ignore_pum); 129 static void win_draw_end(win_T *wp, int c1, int c2, int row, int endrow, hlf_T hl); 130 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 131 static void fold_line(win_T *wp, long fold_count, foldinfo_T *foldinfo, linenr_T lnum, int row); 132 static void fill_foldcolumn(char_u *p, win_T *wp, int closed, linenr_T lnum); 133 static void copy_text_attr(int off, char_u *buf, int len, int attr); 134 #endif 135 static int win_line(win_T *, linenr_T, int, int, int nochange); 136 static int char_needs_redraw(int off_from, int off_to, int cols); 137 static void draw_vsep_win(win_T *wp, int row); 138 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 139 static void redraw_custom_statusline(win_T *wp); 140 #endif 141 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 142 # define SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY 0 143 static void start_search_hl(void); 144 static void end_search_hl(void); 145 static void init_search_hl(win_T *wp); 146 static void prepare_search_hl(win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum); 147 static void next_search_hl(win_T *win, match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T mincol, matchitem_T *cur); 148 static int next_search_hl_pos(match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, posmatch_T *pos, colnr_T mincol); 149 #endif 150 static void screen_start_highlight(int attr); 151 static void screen_char(unsigned off, int row, int col); 152 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 153 static void screen_char_2(unsigned off, int row, int col); 154 #endif 155 static void screenclear2(void); 156 static void lineclear(unsigned off, int width, int attr); 157 static void lineinvalid(unsigned off, int width); 158 static void linecopy(int to, int from, win_T *wp); 159 static void redraw_block(int row, int end, win_T *wp); 160 static int win_do_lines(win_T *wp, int row, int line_count, int mayclear, int del, int clear_attr); 161 static void win_rest_invalid(win_T *wp); 162 static void msg_pos_mode(void); 163 static void recording_mode(int attr); 164 static void draw_tabline(void); 165 static int fillchar_status(int *attr, win_T *wp); 166 static int fillchar_vsep(int *attr); 167 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 168 static void redraw_win_toolbar(win_T *wp); 169 #endif 170 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 171 static void win_redr_custom(win_T *wp, int draw_ruler); 172 #endif 173 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 174 static void win_redr_ruler(win_T *wp, int always, int ignore_pum); 175 #endif 176 177 /* Ugly global: overrule attribute used by screen_char() */ 178 static int screen_char_attr = 0; 179 180 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_RELTIME) 181 /* Can limit syntax highlight time to 'redrawtime'. */ 182 # define SYN_TIME_LIMIT 1 183 #endif 184 185 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 186 # define HAS_RIGHTLEFT(x) x 187 #else 188 # define HAS_RIGHTLEFT(x) FALSE 189 #endif 190 191 /* 192 * Redraw the current window later, with update_screen(type). 193 * Set must_redraw only if not already set to a higher value. 194 * e.g. if must_redraw is CLEAR, type NOT_VALID will do nothing. 195 */ 196 void 197 redraw_later(int type) 198 { 199 redraw_win_later(curwin, type); 200 } 201 202 void 203 redraw_win_later( 204 win_T *wp, 205 int type) 206 { 207 if (!exiting && wp->w_redr_type < type) 208 { 209 wp->w_redr_type = type; 210 if (type >= NOT_VALID) 211 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 212 if (must_redraw < type) /* must_redraw is the maximum of all windows */ 213 must_redraw = type; 214 } 215 } 216 217 /* 218 * Force a complete redraw later. Also resets the highlighting. To be used 219 * after executing a shell command that messes up the screen. 220 */ 221 void 222 redraw_later_clear(void) 223 { 224 redraw_all_later(CLEAR); 225 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 226 if (gui.in_use) 227 /* Use a code that will reset gui.highlight_mask in 228 * gui_stop_highlight(). */ 229 screen_attr = HL_ALL + 1; 230 else 231 #endif 232 /* Use attributes that is very unlikely to appear in text. */ 233 screen_attr = HL_BOLD | HL_UNDERLINE | HL_INVERSE | HL_STRIKETHROUGH; 234 } 235 236 /* 237 * Mark all windows to be redrawn later. 238 */ 239 void 240 redraw_all_later(int type) 241 { 242 win_T *wp; 243 244 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 245 { 246 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 247 } 248 } 249 250 /* 251 * Mark all windows that are editing the current buffer to be updated later. 252 */ 253 void 254 redraw_curbuf_later(int type) 255 { 256 redraw_buf_later(curbuf, type); 257 } 258 259 void 260 redraw_buf_later(buf_T *buf, int type) 261 { 262 win_T *wp; 263 264 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 265 { 266 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) 267 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 268 } 269 } 270 271 void 272 redraw_buf_and_status_later(buf_T *buf, int type) 273 { 274 win_T *wp; 275 276 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU 277 if (wild_menu_showing != 0) 278 /* Don't redraw while the command line completion is displayed, it 279 * would disappear. */ 280 return; 281 #endif 282 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 283 { 284 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) 285 { 286 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 287 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 288 } 289 } 290 } 291 292 /* 293 * Redraw as soon as possible. When the command line is not scrolled redraw 294 * right away and restore what was on the command line. 295 * Return a code indicating what happened. 296 */ 297 int 298 redraw_asap(int type) 299 { 300 int rows; 301 int cols = screen_Columns; 302 int r; 303 int ret = 0; 304 schar_T *screenline; /* copy from ScreenLines[] */ 305 sattr_T *screenattr; /* copy from ScreenAttrs[] */ 306 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 307 int i; 308 u8char_T *screenlineUC = NULL; /* copy from ScreenLinesUC[] */ 309 u8char_T *screenlineC[MAX_MCO]; /* copy from ScreenLinesC[][] */ 310 schar_T *screenline2 = NULL; /* copy from ScreenLines2[] */ 311 #endif 312 313 redraw_later(type); 314 if (msg_scrolled || (State != NORMAL && State != NORMAL_BUSY) || exiting) 315 return ret; 316 317 /* Allocate space to save the text displayed in the command line area. */ 318 rows = screen_Rows - cmdline_row; 319 screenline = (schar_T *)lalloc( 320 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 321 screenattr = (sattr_T *)lalloc( 322 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); 323 if (screenline == NULL || screenattr == NULL) 324 ret = 2; 325 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 326 if (enc_utf8) 327 { 328 screenlineUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc( 329 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 330 if (screenlineUC == NULL) 331 ret = 2; 332 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 333 { 334 screenlineC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc( 335 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 336 if (screenlineC[i] == NULL) 337 ret = 2; 338 } 339 } 340 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 341 { 342 screenline2 = (schar_T *)lalloc( 343 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 344 if (screenline2 == NULL) 345 ret = 2; 346 } 347 #endif 348 349 if (ret != 2) 350 { 351 /* Save the text displayed in the command line area. */ 352 for (r = 0; r < rows; ++r) 353 { 354 mch_memmove(screenline + r * cols, 355 ScreenLines + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 356 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 357 mch_memmove(screenattr + r * cols, 358 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 359 (size_t)cols * sizeof(sattr_T)); 360 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 361 if (enc_utf8) 362 { 363 mch_memmove(screenlineUC + r * cols, 364 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 365 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 366 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 367 mch_memmove(screenlineC[i] + r * cols, 368 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 369 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 370 } 371 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 372 mch_memmove(screenline2 + r * cols, 373 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 374 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 375 #endif 376 } 377 378 update_screen(0); 379 ret = 3; 380 381 if (must_redraw == 0) 382 { 383 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 384 385 /* Restore the text displayed in the command line area. */ 386 for (r = 0; r < rows; ++r) 387 { 388 mch_memmove(current_ScreenLine, 389 screenline + r * cols, 390 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 391 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off, 392 screenattr + r * cols, 393 (size_t)cols * sizeof(sattr_T)); 394 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 395 if (enc_utf8) 396 { 397 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off, 398 screenlineUC + r * cols, 399 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 400 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 401 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off, 402 screenlineC[i] + r * cols, 403 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 404 } 405 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 406 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off, 407 screenline2 + r * cols, 408 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 409 #endif 410 screen_line(cmdline_row + r, 0, cols, cols, FALSE); 411 } 412 ret = 4; 413 } 414 } 415 416 vim_free(screenline); 417 vim_free(screenattr); 418 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 419 if (enc_utf8) 420 { 421 vim_free(screenlineUC); 422 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 423 vim_free(screenlineC[i]); 424 } 425 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 426 vim_free(screenline2); 427 #endif 428 429 /* Show the intro message when appropriate. */ 430 maybe_intro_message(); 431 432 setcursor(); 433 434 return ret; 435 } 436 437 /* 438 * Invoked after an asynchronous callback is called. 439 * If an echo command was used the cursor needs to be put back where 440 * it belongs. If highlighting was changed a redraw is needed. 441 * If "call_update_screen" is FALSE don't call update_screen() when at the 442 * command line. 443 */ 444 void 445 redraw_after_callback(int call_update_screen) 446 { 447 ++redrawing_for_callback; 448 449 if (State == HITRETURN || State == ASKMORE) 450 ; /* do nothing */ 451 else if (State & CMDLINE) 452 { 453 /* Redrawing only works when the screen didn't scroll. Don't clear 454 * wildmenu entries. */ 455 if (msg_scrolled == 0 456 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU 457 && wild_menu_showing == 0 458 #endif 459 && call_update_screen) 460 update_screen(0); 461 /* Redraw in the same position, so that the user can continue 462 * editing the command. */ 463 redrawcmdline_ex(FALSE); 464 } 465 else if (State & (NORMAL | INSERT | TERMINAL)) 466 { 467 /* keep the command line if possible */ 468 update_screen(VALID_NO_UPDATE); 469 setcursor(); 470 } 471 cursor_on(); 472 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 473 if (gui.in_use && !gui_mch_is_blink_off()) 474 /* Don't update the cursor when it is blinking and off to avoid 475 * flicker. */ 476 out_flush_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 477 else 478 #endif 479 out_flush(); 480 481 --redrawing_for_callback; 482 } 483 484 /* 485 * Changed something in the current window, at buffer line "lnum", that 486 * requires that line and possibly other lines to be redrawn. 487 * Used when entering/leaving Insert mode with the cursor on a folded line. 488 * Used to remove the "$" from a change command. 489 * Note that when also inserting/deleting lines w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot 490 * may become invalid and the whole window will have to be redrawn. 491 */ 492 void 493 redrawWinline( 494 linenr_T lnum, 495 int invalid UNUSED) /* window line height is invalid now */ 496 { 497 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 498 int i; 499 #endif 500 501 if (curwin->w_redraw_top == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_top > lnum) 502 curwin->w_redraw_top = lnum; 503 if (curwin->w_redraw_bot == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_bot < lnum) 504 curwin->w_redraw_bot = lnum; 505 redraw_later(VALID); 506 507 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 508 if (invalid) 509 { 510 /* A w_lines[] entry for this lnum has become invalid. */ 511 i = find_wl_entry(curwin, lnum); 512 if (i >= 0) 513 curwin->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; 514 } 515 #endif 516 } 517 518 void 519 reset_updating_screen(int may_resize_shell UNUSED) 520 { 521 updating_screen = FALSE; 522 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 523 if (may_resize_shell) 524 gui_may_resize_shell(); 525 #endif 526 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 527 term_check_channel_closed_recently(); 528 #endif 529 } 530 531 /* 532 * Update all windows that are editing the current buffer. 533 */ 534 void 535 update_curbuf(int type) 536 { 537 redraw_curbuf_later(type); 538 update_screen(type); 539 } 540 541 /* 542 * Based on the current value of curwin->w_topline, transfer a screenfull 543 * of stuff from Filemem to ScreenLines[], and update curwin->w_botline. 544 * Return OK when the screen was updated, FAIL if it was not done. 545 */ 546 int 547 update_screen(int type_arg) 548 { 549 int type = type_arg; 550 win_T *wp; 551 static int did_intro = FALSE; 552 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 553 int did_one; 554 #endif 555 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 556 int did_undraw = FALSE; 557 int gui_cursor_col; 558 int gui_cursor_row; 559 #endif 560 int no_update = FALSE; 561 562 /* Don't do anything if the screen structures are (not yet) valid. */ 563 if (!screen_valid(TRUE)) 564 return FAIL; 565 566 if (type == VALID_NO_UPDATE) 567 { 568 no_update = TRUE; 569 type = 0; 570 } 571 572 if (must_redraw) 573 { 574 if (type < must_redraw) /* use maximal type */ 575 type = must_redraw; 576 577 /* must_redraw is reset here, so that when we run into some weird 578 * reason to redraw while busy redrawing (e.g., asynchronous 579 * scrolling), or update_topline() in win_update() will cause a 580 * scroll, the screen will be redrawn later or in win_update(). */ 581 must_redraw = 0; 582 } 583 584 /* May need to update w_lines[]. */ 585 if (curwin->w_lines_valid == 0 && type < NOT_VALID 586 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 587 && !term_do_update_window(curwin) 588 #endif 589 ) 590 type = NOT_VALID; 591 592 /* Postpone the redrawing when it's not needed and when being called 593 * recursively. */ 594 if (!redrawing() || updating_screen) 595 { 596 redraw_later(type); /* remember type for next time */ 597 must_redraw = type; 598 if (type > INVERTED_ALL) 599 curwin->w_lines_valid = 0; /* don't use w_lines[].wl_size now */ 600 return FAIL; 601 } 602 603 updating_screen = TRUE; 604 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 605 ++display_tick; /* let syntax code know we're in a next round of 606 * display updating */ 607 #endif 608 if (no_update) 609 ++no_win_do_lines_ins; 610 611 /* 612 * if the screen was scrolled up when displaying a message, scroll it down 613 */ 614 if (msg_scrolled) 615 { 616 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 617 if (msg_scrolled > Rows - 5) /* clearing is faster */ 618 type = CLEAR; 619 else if (type != CLEAR) 620 { 621 check_for_delay(FALSE); 622 if (screen_ins_lines(0, 0, msg_scrolled, (int)Rows, 0, NULL) 623 == FAIL) 624 type = CLEAR; 625 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 626 { 627 if (W_WINROW(wp) < msg_scrolled) 628 { 629 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height > msg_scrolled 630 && wp->w_redr_type < REDRAW_TOP 631 && wp->w_lines_valid > 0 632 && wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 633 { 634 wp->w_upd_rows = msg_scrolled - W_WINROW(wp); 635 wp->w_redr_type = REDRAW_TOP; 636 } 637 else 638 { 639 wp->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; 640 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + wp->w_status_height 641 <= msg_scrolled) 642 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 643 } 644 } 645 } 646 if (!no_update) 647 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 648 redraw_tabline = TRUE; 649 } 650 msg_scrolled = 0; 651 need_wait_return = FALSE; 652 } 653 654 /* reset cmdline_row now (may have been changed temporarily) */ 655 compute_cmdrow(); 656 657 /* Check for changed highlighting */ 658 if (need_highlight_changed) 659 highlight_changed(); 660 661 if (type == CLEAR) /* first clear screen */ 662 { 663 screenclear(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ 664 type = NOT_VALID; 665 /* must_redraw may be set indirectly, avoid another redraw later */ 666 must_redraw = 0; 667 } 668 669 if (clear_cmdline) /* going to clear cmdline (done below) */ 670 check_for_delay(FALSE); 671 672 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 673 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 674 * changes. */ 675 if (curwin->w_redr_type < NOT_VALID 676 && curwin->w_nrwidth != ((curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) 677 ? number_width(curwin) : 0)) 678 curwin->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; 679 #endif 680 681 /* 682 * Only start redrawing if there is really something to do. 683 */ 684 if (type == INVERTED) 685 update_curswant(); 686 if (curwin->w_redr_type < type 687 && !((type == VALID 688 && curwin->w_lines[0].wl_valid 689 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 690 && curwin->w_topfill == curwin->w_old_topfill 691 && curwin->w_botfill == curwin->w_old_botfill 692 #endif 693 && curwin->w_topline == curwin->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 694 || (type == INVERTED 695 && VIsual_active 696 && curwin->w_old_cursor_lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum 697 && curwin->w_old_visual_mode == VIsual_mode 698 && (curwin->w_valid & VALID_VIRTCOL) 699 && curwin->w_old_curswant == curwin->w_curswant) 700 )) 701 curwin->w_redr_type = type; 702 703 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ 704 if (redraw_tabline || type >= NOT_VALID) 705 draw_tabline(); 706 707 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 708 /* 709 * Correct stored syntax highlighting info for changes in each displayed 710 * buffer. Each buffer must only be done once. 711 */ 712 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 713 { 714 if (wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set) 715 { 716 win_T *wwp; 717 718 /* Check if we already did this buffer. */ 719 for (wwp = firstwin; wwp != wp; wwp = wwp->w_next) 720 if (wwp->w_buffer == wp->w_buffer) 721 break; 722 if (wwp == wp && syntax_present(wp)) 723 syn_stack_apply_changes(wp->w_buffer); 724 } 725 } 726 #endif 727 728 /* 729 * Go from top to bottom through the windows, redrawing the ones that need 730 * it. 731 */ 732 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 733 did_one = FALSE; 734 #endif 735 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 736 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; 737 #endif 738 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 739 { 740 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 741 { 742 cursor_off(); 743 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 744 if (!did_one) 745 { 746 did_one = TRUE; 747 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 748 start_search_hl(); 749 # endif 750 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 751 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ 752 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel_star()) 753 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); 754 if (clip_plus.available && clip_isautosel_plus()) 755 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); 756 # endif 757 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 758 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because 759 * scrolling may make it difficult to redraw the text under 760 * it. */ 761 if (gui.in_use && wp == curwin) 762 { 763 gui_cursor_col = gui.cursor_col; 764 gui_cursor_row = gui.cursor_row; 765 gui_undraw_cursor(); 766 did_undraw = TRUE; 767 } 768 #endif 769 } 770 #endif 771 win_update(wp); 772 } 773 774 /* redraw status line after the window to minimize cursor movement */ 775 if (wp->w_redr_status) 776 { 777 cursor_off(); 778 win_redr_status(wp, TRUE); // any popup menu will be redrawn below 779 } 780 } 781 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 782 end_search_hl(); 783 #endif 784 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 785 /* May need to redraw the popup menu. */ 786 pum_may_redraw(); 787 #endif 788 789 /* Reset b_mod_set flags. Going through all windows is probably faster 790 * than going through all buffers (there could be many buffers). */ 791 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 792 wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set = FALSE; 793 794 reset_updating_screen(TRUE); 795 796 /* Clear or redraw the command line. Done last, because scrolling may 797 * mess up the command line. */ 798 if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) 799 showmode(); 800 801 if (no_update) 802 --no_win_do_lines_ins; 803 804 /* May put up an introductory message when not editing a file */ 805 if (!did_intro) 806 maybe_intro_message(); 807 did_intro = TRUE; 808 809 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 810 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is 811 * done. */ 812 if (gui.in_use) 813 { 814 if (did_undraw && !gui_mch_is_blink_off()) 815 { 816 mch_disable_flush(); 817 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ 818 mch_enable_flush(); 819 820 /* Put the GUI position where the cursor was, gui_update_cursor() 821 * uses that. */ 822 gui.col = gui_cursor_col; 823 gui.row = gui_cursor_row; 824 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 825 gui.col = mb_fix_col(gui.col, gui.row); 826 # endif 827 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 828 gui_may_flush(); 829 screen_cur_col = gui.col; 830 screen_cur_row = gui.row; 831 } 832 else 833 out_flush(); 834 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); 835 } 836 #endif 837 return OK; 838 } 839 840 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) 841 /* 842 * Prepare for updating one or more windows. 843 * Caller must check for "updating_screen" already set to avoid recursiveness. 844 */ 845 static void 846 update_prepare(void) 847 { 848 cursor_off(); 849 updating_screen = TRUE; 850 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 851 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling may 852 * make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ 853 if (gui.in_use) 854 gui_undraw_cursor(); 855 #endif 856 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 857 start_search_hl(); 858 #endif 859 } 860 861 /* 862 * Finish updating one or more windows. 863 */ 864 static void 865 update_finish(void) 866 { 867 if (redraw_cmdline) 868 showmode(); 869 870 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 871 end_search_hl(); 872 # endif 873 874 reset_updating_screen(TRUE); 875 876 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 877 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is 878 * done. */ 879 if (gui.in_use) 880 { 881 out_flush_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 882 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); 883 } 884 # endif 885 } 886 #endif 887 888 #if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) || defined(PROTO) 889 /* 890 * Return TRUE if the cursor line in window "wp" may be concealed, according 891 * to the 'concealcursor' option. 892 */ 893 int 894 conceal_cursor_line(win_T *wp) 895 { 896 int c; 897 898 if (*wp->w_p_cocu == NUL) 899 return FALSE; 900 if (get_real_state() & VISUAL) 901 c = 'v'; 902 else if (State & INSERT) 903 c = 'i'; 904 else if (State & NORMAL) 905 c = 'n'; 906 else if (State & CMDLINE) 907 c = 'c'; 908 else 909 return FALSE; 910 return vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, c) != NULL; 911 } 912 913 /* 914 * Check if the cursor line needs to be redrawn because of 'concealcursor'. 915 */ 916 void 917 conceal_check_cursor_line(void) 918 { 919 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0 && conceal_cursor_line(curwin)) 920 { 921 need_cursor_line_redraw = TRUE; 922 /* Need to recompute cursor column, e.g., when starting Visual mode 923 * without concealing. */ 924 curs_columns(TRUE); 925 } 926 } 927 928 void 929 update_single_line(win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum) 930 { 931 int row; 932 int j; 933 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 934 proftime_T syntax_tm; 935 #endif 936 937 /* Don't do anything if the screen structures are (not yet) valid. */ 938 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || updating_screen) 939 return; 940 941 if (lnum >= wp->w_topline && lnum < wp->w_botline 942 && foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo) == 0) 943 { 944 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 945 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 946 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &syntax_tm); 947 syn_set_timeout(&syntax_tm); 948 #endif 949 update_prepare(); 950 951 row = 0; 952 for (j = 0; j < wp->w_lines_valid; ++j) 953 { 954 if (lnum == wp->w_lines[j].wl_lnum) 955 { 956 screen_start(); /* not sure of screen cursor */ 957 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 958 init_search_hl(wp); 959 start_search_hl(); 960 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); 961 # endif 962 win_line(wp, lnum, row, row + wp->w_lines[j].wl_size, FALSE); 963 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 964 end_search_hl(); 965 # endif 966 break; 967 } 968 row += wp->w_lines[j].wl_size; 969 } 970 971 update_finish(); 972 973 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 974 syn_set_timeout(NULL); 975 #endif 976 } 977 need_cursor_line_redraw = FALSE; 978 } 979 #endif 980 981 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) 982 void 983 update_debug_sign(buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum) 984 { 985 win_T *wp; 986 int doit = FALSE; 987 988 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 989 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; 990 # endif 991 992 /* update/delete a specific mark */ 993 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 994 { 995 if (buf != NULL && lnum > 0) 996 { 997 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && lnum >= wp->w_topline 998 && lnum < wp->w_botline) 999 { 1000 if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > lnum) 1001 wp->w_redraw_top = lnum; 1002 if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lnum) 1003 wp->w_redraw_bot = lnum; 1004 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); 1005 } 1006 } 1007 else 1008 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); 1009 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 1010 doit = TRUE; 1011 } 1012 1013 /* Return when there is nothing to do, screen updating is already 1014 * happening (recursive call), messages on the screen or still starting up. 1015 */ 1016 if (!doit || updating_screen 1017 || State == ASKMORE || State == HITRETURN 1018 || msg_scrolled 1019 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 1020 || gui.starting 1021 #endif 1022 || starting) 1023 return; 1024 1025 /* update all windows that need updating */ 1026 update_prepare(); 1027 1028 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 1029 { 1030 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 1031 win_update(wp); 1032 if (wp->w_redr_status) 1033 win_redr_status(wp, FALSE); 1034 } 1035 1036 update_finish(); 1037 } 1038 #endif 1039 1040 1041 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) 1042 /* 1043 * Update a single window, its status line and maybe the command line msg. 1044 * Used for the GUI scrollbar. 1045 */ 1046 void 1047 updateWindow(win_T *wp) 1048 { 1049 /* return if already busy updating */ 1050 if (updating_screen) 1051 return; 1052 1053 update_prepare(); 1054 1055 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 1056 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ 1057 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel_star()) 1058 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); 1059 if (clip_plus.available && clip_isautosel_plus()) 1060 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); 1061 #endif 1062 1063 win_update(wp); 1064 1065 /* When the screen was cleared redraw the tab pages line. */ 1066 if (redraw_tabline) 1067 draw_tabline(); 1068 1069 if (wp->w_redr_status 1070 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 1071 || p_ru 1072 # endif 1073 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 1074 || *p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL 1075 # endif 1076 ) 1077 win_redr_status(wp, FALSE); 1078 1079 update_finish(); 1080 } 1081 #endif 1082 1083 /* 1084 * Update a single window. 1085 * 1086 * This may cause the windows below it also to be redrawn (when clearing the 1087 * screen or scrolling lines). 1088 * 1089 * How the window is redrawn depends on wp->w_redr_type. Each type also 1090 * implies the one below it. 1091 * NOT_VALID redraw the whole window 1092 * SOME_VALID redraw the whole window but do scroll when possible 1093 * REDRAW_TOP redraw the top w_upd_rows window lines, otherwise like VALID 1094 * INVERTED redraw the changed part of the Visual area 1095 * INVERTED_ALL redraw the whole Visual area 1096 * VALID 1. scroll up/down to adjust for a changed w_topline 1097 * 2. update lines at the top when scrolled down 1098 * 3. redraw changed text: 1099 * - if wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set set, update lines between 1100 * b_mod_top and b_mod_bot. 1101 * - if wp->w_redraw_top non-zero, redraw lines between 1102 * wp->w_redraw_top and wp->w_redr_bot. 1103 * - continue redrawing when syntax status is invalid. 1104 * 4. if scrolled up, update lines at the bottom. 1105 * This results in three areas that may need updating: 1106 * top: from first row to top_end (when scrolled down) 1107 * mid: from mid_start to mid_end (update inversion or changed text) 1108 * bot: from bot_start to last row (when scrolled up) 1109 */ 1110 static void 1111 win_update(win_T *wp) 1112 { 1113 buf_T *buf = wp->w_buffer; 1114 int type; 1115 int top_end = 0; /* Below last row of the top area that needs 1116 updating. 0 when no top area updating. */ 1117 int mid_start = 999;/* first row of the mid area that needs 1118 updating. 999 when no mid area updating. */ 1119 int mid_end = 0; /* Below last row of the mid area that needs 1120 updating. 0 when no mid area updating. */ 1121 int bot_start = 999;/* first row of the bot area that needs 1122 updating. 999 when no bot area updating */ 1123 int scrolled_down = FALSE; /* TRUE when scrolled down when 1124 w_topline got smaller a bit */ 1125 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1126 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ 1127 int top_to_mod = FALSE; /* redraw above mod_top */ 1128 #endif 1129 1130 int row; /* current window row to display */ 1131 linenr_T lnum; /* current buffer lnum to display */ 1132 int idx; /* current index in w_lines[] */ 1133 int srow; /* starting row of the current line */ 1134 1135 int eof = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we hit the end of the file */ 1136 int didline = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we finished the last line */ 1137 int i; 1138 long j; 1139 static int recursive = FALSE; /* being called recursively */ 1140 int old_botline = wp->w_botline; 1141 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1142 long fold_count; 1143 #endif 1144 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1145 /* remember what happened to the previous line, to know if 1146 * check_visual_highlight() can be used */ 1147 #define DID_NONE 1 /* didn't update a line */ 1148 #define DID_LINE 2 /* updated a normal line */ 1149 #define DID_FOLD 3 /* updated a folded line */ 1150 int did_update = DID_NONE; 1151 linenr_T syntax_last_parsed = 0; /* last parsed text line */ 1152 #endif 1153 linenr_T mod_top = 0; 1154 linenr_T mod_bot = 0; 1155 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 1156 int save_got_int; 1157 #endif 1158 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 1159 proftime_T syntax_tm; 1160 #endif 1161 1162 type = wp->w_redr_type; 1163 1164 if (type == NOT_VALID) 1165 { 1166 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 1167 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 1168 } 1169 1170 /* Window is zero-height: nothing to draw. */ 1171 if (wp->w_height + WINBAR_HEIGHT(wp) == 0) 1172 { 1173 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 1174 return; 1175 } 1176 1177 /* Window is zero-width: Only need to draw the separator. */ 1178 if (wp->w_width == 0) 1179 { 1180 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ 1181 draw_vsep_win(wp, 0); 1182 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 1183 return; 1184 } 1185 1186 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 1187 // If this window contains a terminal, redraw works completely differently. 1188 if (term_do_update_window(wp)) 1189 { 1190 term_update_window(wp); 1191 # ifdef FEAT_MENU 1192 /* Draw the window toolbar, if there is one. */ 1193 if (winbar_height(wp) > 0) 1194 redraw_win_toolbar(wp); 1195 # endif 1196 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 1197 return; 1198 } 1199 #endif 1200 1201 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1202 init_search_hl(wp); 1203 #endif 1204 1205 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 1206 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 1207 * changes. */ 1208 i = (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) ? number_width(wp) : 0; 1209 if (wp->w_nrwidth != i) 1210 { 1211 type = NOT_VALID; 1212 wp->w_nrwidth = i; 1213 } 1214 else 1215 #endif 1216 1217 if (buf->b_mod_set && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_redraw_top != 0) 1218 { 1219 /* 1220 * When there are both inserted/deleted lines and specific lines to be 1221 * redrawn, w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot may be invalid, just redraw 1222 * everything (only happens when redrawing is off for while). 1223 */ 1224 type = NOT_VALID; 1225 } 1226 else 1227 { 1228 /* 1229 * Set mod_top to the first line that needs displaying because of 1230 * changes. Set mod_bot to the first line after the changes. 1231 */ 1232 mod_top = wp->w_redraw_top; 1233 if (wp->w_redraw_bot != 0) 1234 mod_bot = wp->w_redraw_bot + 1; 1235 else 1236 mod_bot = 0; 1237 wp->w_redraw_top = 0; /* reset for next time */ 1238 wp->w_redraw_bot = 0; 1239 if (buf->b_mod_set) 1240 { 1241 if (mod_top == 0 || mod_top > buf->b_mod_top) 1242 { 1243 mod_top = buf->b_mod_top; 1244 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1245 /* Need to redraw lines above the change that may be included 1246 * in a pattern match. */ 1247 if (syntax_present(wp)) 1248 { 1249 mod_top -= buf->b_s.b_syn_sync_linebreaks; 1250 if (mod_top < 1) 1251 mod_top = 1; 1252 } 1253 #endif 1254 } 1255 if (mod_bot == 0 || mod_bot < buf->b_mod_bot) 1256 mod_bot = buf->b_mod_bot; 1257 1258 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1259 /* When 'hlsearch' is on and using a multi-line search pattern, a 1260 * change in one line may make the Search highlighting in a 1261 * previous line invalid. Simple solution: redraw all visible 1262 * lines above the change. 1263 * Same for a match pattern. 1264 */ 1265 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL 1266 && re_multiline(search_hl.rm.regprog)) 1267 top_to_mod = TRUE; 1268 else 1269 { 1270 cur = wp->w_match_head; 1271 while (cur != NULL) 1272 { 1273 if (cur->match.regprog != NULL 1274 && re_multiline(cur->match.regprog)) 1275 { 1276 top_to_mod = TRUE; 1277 break; 1278 } 1279 cur = cur->next; 1280 } 1281 } 1282 #endif 1283 } 1284 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1285 if (mod_top != 0 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) 1286 { 1287 linenr_T lnumt, lnumb; 1288 1289 /* 1290 * A change in a line can cause lines above it to become folded or 1291 * unfolded. Find the top most buffer line that may be affected. 1292 * If the line was previously folded and displayed, get the first 1293 * line of that fold. If the line is folded now, get the first 1294 * folded line. Use the minimum of these two. 1295 */ 1296 1297 /* Find last valid w_lines[] entry above mod_top. Set lnumt to 1298 * the line below it. If there is no valid entry, use w_topline. 1299 * Find the first valid w_lines[] entry below mod_bot. Set lnumb 1300 * to this line. If there is no valid entry, use MAXLNUM. */ 1301 lnumt = wp->w_topline; 1302 lnumb = MAXLNUM; 1303 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1304 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) 1305 { 1306 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum < mod_top) 1307 lnumt = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1; 1308 if (lnumb == MAXLNUM && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= mod_bot) 1309 { 1310 lnumb = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum; 1311 /* When there is a fold column it might need updating 1312 * in the next line ("J" just above an open fold). */ 1313 if (compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0) > 0) 1314 ++lnumb; 1315 } 1316 } 1317 1318 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_top, &mod_top, NULL, TRUE, NULL); 1319 if (mod_top > lnumt) 1320 mod_top = lnumt; 1321 1322 /* Now do the same for the bottom line (one above mod_bot). */ 1323 --mod_bot; 1324 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_bot, NULL, &mod_bot, TRUE, NULL); 1325 ++mod_bot; 1326 if (mod_bot < lnumb) 1327 mod_bot = lnumb; 1328 } 1329 #endif 1330 1331 /* When a change starts above w_topline and the end is below 1332 * w_topline, start redrawing at w_topline. 1333 * If the end of the change is above w_topline: do like no change was 1334 * made, but redraw the first line to find changes in syntax. */ 1335 if (mod_top != 0 && mod_top < wp->w_topline) 1336 { 1337 if (mod_bot > wp->w_topline) 1338 mod_top = wp->w_topline; 1339 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1340 else if (syntax_present(wp)) 1341 top_end = 1; 1342 #endif 1343 } 1344 1345 /* When line numbers are displayed need to redraw all lines below 1346 * inserted/deleted lines. */ 1347 if (mod_top != 0 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_p_nu) 1348 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1349 } 1350 1351 /* 1352 * When only displaying the lines at the top, set top_end. Used when 1353 * window has scrolled down for msg_scrolled. 1354 */ 1355 if (type == REDRAW_TOP) 1356 { 1357 j = 0; 1358 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1359 { 1360 j += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1361 if (j >= wp->w_upd_rows) 1362 { 1363 top_end = j; 1364 break; 1365 } 1366 } 1367 if (top_end == 0) 1368 /* not found (cannot happen?): redraw everything */ 1369 type = NOT_VALID; 1370 else 1371 /* top area defined, the rest is VALID */ 1372 type = VALID; 1373 } 1374 1375 /* Trick: we want to avoid clearing the screen twice. screenclear() will 1376 * set "screen_cleared" to TRUE. The special value MAYBE (which is still 1377 * non-zero and thus not FALSE) will indicate that screenclear() was not 1378 * called. */ 1379 if (screen_cleared) 1380 screen_cleared = MAYBE; 1381 1382 /* 1383 * If there are no changes on the screen that require a complete redraw, 1384 * handle three cases: 1385 * 1: we are off the top of the screen by a few lines: scroll down 1386 * 2: wp->w_topline is below wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: may scroll up 1387 * 3: wp->w_topline is wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: find first entry in 1388 * w_lines[] that needs updating. 1389 */ 1390 if ((type == VALID || type == SOME_VALID 1391 || type == INVERTED || type == INVERTED_ALL) 1392 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1393 && !wp->w_botfill && !wp->w_old_botfill 1394 #endif 1395 ) 1396 { 1397 if (mod_top != 0 && wp->w_topline == mod_top) 1398 { 1399 /* 1400 * w_topline is the first changed line, the scrolling will be done 1401 * further down. 1402 */ 1403 } 1404 else if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_valid 1405 && (wp->w_topline < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum 1406 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1407 || (wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum 1408 && wp->w_topfill > wp->w_old_topfill) 1409 #endif 1410 )) 1411 { 1412 /* 1413 * New topline is above old topline: May scroll down. 1414 */ 1415 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1416 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) 1417 { 1418 linenr_T ln; 1419 1420 /* count the number of lines we are off, counting a sequence 1421 * of folded lines as one */ 1422 j = 0; 1423 for (ln = wp->w_topline; ln < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum; ++ln) 1424 { 1425 ++j; 1426 if (j >= wp->w_height - 2) 1427 break; 1428 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, ln, NULL, &ln, TRUE, NULL); 1429 } 1430 } 1431 else 1432 #endif 1433 j = wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - wp->w_topline; 1434 if (j < wp->w_height - 2) /* not too far off */ 1435 { 1436 i = plines_m_win(wp, wp->w_topline, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - 1); 1437 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1438 /* insert extra lines for previously invisible filler lines */ 1439 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum != wp->w_topline) 1440 i += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 1441 - wp->w_old_topfill; 1442 #endif 1443 if (i < wp->w_height - 2) /* less than a screen off */ 1444 { 1445 /* 1446 * Try to insert the correct number of lines. 1447 * If not the last window, delete the lines at the bottom. 1448 * win_ins_lines may fail when the terminal can't do it. 1449 */ 1450 if (i > 0) 1451 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1452 if (win_ins_lines(wp, 0, i, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) 1453 { 1454 if (wp->w_lines_valid != 0) 1455 { 1456 /* Need to update rows that are new, stop at the 1457 * first one that scrolled down. */ 1458 top_end = i; 1459 scrolled_down = TRUE; 1460 1461 /* Move the entries that were scrolled, disable 1462 * the entries for the lines to be redrawn. */ 1463 if ((wp->w_lines_valid += j) > wp->w_height) 1464 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; 1465 for (idx = wp->w_lines_valid; idx - j >= 0; idx--) 1466 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[idx - j]; 1467 while (idx >= 0) 1468 wp->w_lines[idx--].wl_valid = FALSE; 1469 } 1470 } 1471 else 1472 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1473 } 1474 else 1475 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1476 } 1477 else 1478 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1479 } 1480 else 1481 { 1482 /* 1483 * New topline is at or below old topline: May scroll up. 1484 * When topline didn't change, find first entry in w_lines[] that 1485 * needs updating. 1486 */ 1487 1488 /* try to find wp->w_topline in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum */ 1489 j = -1; 1490 row = 0; 1491 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; i++) 1492 { 1493 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1494 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) 1495 { 1496 j = i; 1497 break; 1498 } 1499 row += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1500 } 1501 if (j == -1) 1502 { 1503 /* if wp->w_topline is not in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum redraw all 1504 * lines */ 1505 mid_start = 0; 1506 } 1507 else 1508 { 1509 /* 1510 * Try to delete the correct number of lines. 1511 * wp->w_topline is at wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum. 1512 */ 1513 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1514 /* If the topline didn't change, delete old filler lines, 1515 * otherwise delete filler lines of the new topline... */ 1516 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) 1517 row += wp->w_old_topfill; 1518 else 1519 row += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_topline); 1520 /* ... but don't delete new filler lines. */ 1521 row -= wp->w_topfill; 1522 #endif 1523 if (row > 0) 1524 { 1525 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1526 if (win_del_lines(wp, 0, row, FALSE, wp == firstwin, 0) 1527 == OK) 1528 bot_start = wp->w_height - row; 1529 else 1530 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1531 } 1532 if ((row == 0 || bot_start < 999) && wp->w_lines_valid != 0) 1533 { 1534 /* 1535 * Skip the lines (below the deleted lines) that are still 1536 * valid and don't need redrawing. Copy their info 1537 * upwards, to compensate for the deleted lines. Set 1538 * bot_start to the first row that needs redrawing. 1539 */ 1540 bot_start = 0; 1541 idx = 0; 1542 for (;;) 1543 { 1544 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[j]; 1545 /* stop at line that didn't fit, unless it is still 1546 * valid (no lines deleted) */ 1547 if (row > 0 && bot_start + row 1548 + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size > wp->w_height) 1549 { 1550 wp->w_lines_valid = idx + 1; 1551 break; 1552 } 1553 bot_start += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; 1554 1555 /* stop at the last valid entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ 1556 if (++j >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1557 { 1558 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; 1559 break; 1560 } 1561 } 1562 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1563 /* Correct the first entry for filler lines at the top 1564 * when it won't get updated below. */ 1565 if (wp->w_p_diff && bot_start > 0) 1566 wp->w_lines[0].wl_size = 1567 plines_win_nofill(wp, wp->w_topline, TRUE) 1568 + wp->w_topfill; 1569 #endif 1570 } 1571 } 1572 } 1573 1574 /* When starting redraw in the first line, redraw all lines. When 1575 * there is only one window it's probably faster to clear the screen 1576 * first. */ 1577 if (mid_start == 0) 1578 { 1579 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1580 if (ONE_WINDOW) 1581 { 1582 /* Clear the screen when it was not done by win_del_lines() or 1583 * win_ins_lines() above, "screen_cleared" is FALSE or MAYBE 1584 * then. */ 1585 if (screen_cleared != TRUE) 1586 screenclear(); 1587 /* The screen was cleared, redraw the tab pages line. */ 1588 if (redraw_tabline) 1589 draw_tabline(); 1590 } 1591 } 1592 1593 /* When win_del_lines() or win_ins_lines() caused the screen to be 1594 * cleared (only happens for the first window) or when screenclear() 1595 * was called directly above, "must_redraw" will have been set to 1596 * NOT_VALID, need to reset it here to avoid redrawing twice. */ 1597 if (screen_cleared == TRUE) 1598 must_redraw = 0; 1599 } 1600 else 1601 { 1602 /* Not VALID or INVERTED: redraw all lines. */ 1603 mid_start = 0; 1604 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1605 } 1606 1607 if (type == SOME_VALID) 1608 { 1609 /* SOME_VALID: redraw all lines. */ 1610 mid_start = 0; 1611 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1612 type = NOT_VALID; 1613 } 1614 1615 /* check if we are updating or removing the inverted part */ 1616 if ((VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) 1617 || (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0 && type != NOT_VALID)) 1618 { 1619 linenr_T from, to; 1620 1621 if (VIsual_active) 1622 { 1623 if (VIsual_active 1624 && (VIsual_mode != wp->w_old_visual_mode 1625 || type == INVERTED_ALL)) 1626 { 1627 /* 1628 * If the type of Visual selection changed, redraw the whole 1629 * selection. Also when the ownership of the X selection is 1630 * gained or lost. 1631 */ 1632 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < VIsual.lnum) 1633 { 1634 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1635 to = VIsual.lnum; 1636 } 1637 else 1638 { 1639 from = VIsual.lnum; 1640 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1641 } 1642 /* redraw more when the cursor moved as well */ 1643 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < from) 1644 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1645 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > to) 1646 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1647 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from) 1648 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1649 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) 1650 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1651 } 1652 else 1653 { 1654 /* 1655 * Find the line numbers that need to be updated: The lines 1656 * between the old cursor position and the current cursor 1657 * position. Also check if the Visual position changed. 1658 */ 1659 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < wp->w_old_cursor_lnum) 1660 { 1661 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1662 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1663 } 1664 else 1665 { 1666 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1667 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1668 if (from == 0) /* Visual mode just started */ 1669 from = to; 1670 } 1671 1672 if (VIsual.lnum != wp->w_old_visual_lnum 1673 || VIsual.col != wp->w_old_visual_col) 1674 { 1675 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from 1676 && wp->w_old_visual_lnum != 0) 1677 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1678 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) 1679 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1680 if (VIsual.lnum < from) 1681 from = VIsual.lnum; 1682 if (VIsual.lnum > to) 1683 to = VIsual.lnum; 1684 } 1685 } 1686 1687 /* 1688 * If in block mode and changed column or curwin->w_curswant: 1689 * update all lines. 1690 * First compute the actual start and end column. 1691 */ 1692 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) 1693 { 1694 colnr_T fromc, toc; 1695 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) && defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) 1696 int save_ve_flags = ve_flags; 1697 1698 if (curwin->w_p_lbr) 1699 ve_flags = VE_ALL; 1700 #endif 1701 getvcols(wp, &VIsual, &curwin->w_cursor, &fromc, &toc); 1702 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) && defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) 1703 ve_flags = save_ve_flags; 1704 #endif 1705 ++toc; 1706 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL) 1707 toc = MAXCOL; 1708 1709 if (fromc != wp->w_old_cursor_fcol 1710 || toc != wp->w_old_cursor_lcol) 1711 { 1712 if (from > VIsual.lnum) 1713 from = VIsual.lnum; 1714 if (to < VIsual.lnum) 1715 to = VIsual.lnum; 1716 } 1717 wp->w_old_cursor_fcol = fromc; 1718 wp->w_old_cursor_lcol = toc; 1719 } 1720 } 1721 else 1722 { 1723 /* Use the line numbers of the old Visual area. */ 1724 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < wp->w_old_visual_lnum) 1725 { 1726 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1727 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1728 } 1729 else 1730 { 1731 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1732 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1733 } 1734 } 1735 1736 /* 1737 * There is no need to update lines above the top of the window. 1738 */ 1739 if (from < wp->w_topline) 1740 from = wp->w_topline; 1741 1742 /* 1743 * If we know the value of w_botline, use it to restrict the update to 1744 * the lines that are visible in the window. 1745 */ 1746 if (wp->w_valid & VALID_BOTLINE) 1747 { 1748 if (from >= wp->w_botline) 1749 from = wp->w_botline - 1; 1750 if (to >= wp->w_botline) 1751 to = wp->w_botline - 1; 1752 } 1753 1754 /* 1755 * Find the minimal part to be updated. 1756 * Watch out for scrolling that made entries in w_lines[] invalid. 1757 * E.g., CTRL-U makes the first half of w_lines[] invalid and sets 1758 * top_end; need to redraw from top_end to the "to" line. 1759 * A middle mouse click with a Visual selection may change the text 1760 * above the Visual area and reset wl_valid, do count these for 1761 * mid_end (in srow). 1762 */ 1763 if (mid_start > 0) 1764 { 1765 lnum = wp->w_topline; 1766 idx = 0; 1767 srow = 0; 1768 if (scrolled_down) 1769 mid_start = top_end; 1770 else 1771 mid_start = 0; 1772 while (lnum < from && idx < wp->w_lines_valid) /* find start */ 1773 { 1774 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) 1775 mid_start += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1776 else if (!scrolled_down) 1777 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1778 ++idx; 1779 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1780 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) 1781 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum; 1782 else 1783 # endif 1784 ++lnum; 1785 } 1786 srow += mid_start; 1787 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1788 for ( ; idx < wp->w_lines_valid; ++idx) /* find end */ 1789 { 1790 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid 1791 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum >= to + 1) 1792 { 1793 /* Only update until first row of this line */ 1794 mid_end = srow; 1795 break; 1796 } 1797 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1798 } 1799 } 1800 } 1801 1802 if (VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) 1803 { 1804 wp->w_old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode; 1805 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1806 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = VIsual.lnum; 1807 wp->w_old_visual_col = VIsual.col; 1808 wp->w_old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant; 1809 } 1810 else 1811 { 1812 wp->w_old_visual_mode = 0; 1813 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = 0; 1814 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = 0; 1815 wp->w_old_visual_col = 0; 1816 } 1817 1818 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 1819 /* reset got_int, otherwise regexp won't work */ 1820 save_got_int = got_int; 1821 got_int = 0; 1822 #endif 1823 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 1824 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 1825 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &syntax_tm); 1826 syn_set_timeout(&syntax_tm); 1827 #endif 1828 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1829 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; 1830 #endif 1831 1832 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 1833 /* 1834 * Draw the window toolbar, if there is one. 1835 * TODO: only when needed. 1836 */ 1837 if (winbar_height(wp) > 0) 1838 redraw_win_toolbar(wp); 1839 #endif 1840 1841 /* 1842 * Update all the window rows. 1843 */ 1844 idx = 0; /* first entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ 1845 row = 0; 1846 srow = 0; 1847 lnum = wp->w_topline; /* first line shown in window */ 1848 for (;;) 1849 { 1850 /* stop updating when reached the end of the window (check for _past_ 1851 * the end of the window is at the end of the loop) */ 1852 if (row == wp->w_height) 1853 { 1854 didline = TRUE; 1855 break; 1856 } 1857 1858 /* stop updating when hit the end of the file */ 1859 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 1860 { 1861 eof = TRUE; 1862 break; 1863 } 1864 1865 /* Remember the starting row of the line that is going to be dealt 1866 * with. It is used further down when the line doesn't fit. */ 1867 srow = row; 1868 1869 /* 1870 * Update a line when it is in an area that needs updating, when it 1871 * has changes or w_lines[idx] is invalid. 1872 * bot_start may be halfway a wrapped line after using 1873 * win_del_lines(), check if the current line includes it. 1874 * When syntax folding is being used, the saved syntax states will 1875 * already have been updated, we can't see where the syntax state is 1876 * the same again, just update until the end of the window. 1877 */ 1878 if (row < top_end 1879 || (row >= mid_start && row < mid_end) 1880 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1881 || top_to_mod 1882 #endif 1883 || idx >= wp->w_lines_valid 1884 || (row + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > bot_start) 1885 || (mod_top != 0 1886 && (lnum == mod_top 1887 || (lnum >= mod_top 1888 && (lnum < mod_bot 1889 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1890 || did_update == DID_FOLD 1891 || (did_update == DID_LINE 1892 && syntax_present(wp) 1893 && ( 1894 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1895 (foldmethodIsSyntax(wp) 1896 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) || 1897 # endif 1898 syntax_check_changed(lnum))) 1899 #endif 1900 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1901 /* match in fixed position might need redraw 1902 * if lines were inserted or deleted */ 1903 || (wp->w_match_head != NULL 1904 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0) 1905 #endif 1906 ))))) 1907 { 1908 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1909 if (lnum == mod_top) 1910 top_to_mod = FALSE; 1911 #endif 1912 1913 /* 1914 * When at start of changed lines: May scroll following lines 1915 * up or down to minimize redrawing. 1916 * Don't do this when the change continues until the end. 1917 * Don't scroll when dollar_vcol >= 0, keep the "$". 1918 */ 1919 if (lnum == mod_top 1920 && mod_bot != MAXLNUM 1921 && !(dollar_vcol >= 0 && mod_bot == mod_top + 1)) 1922 { 1923 int old_rows = 0; 1924 int new_rows = 0; 1925 int xtra_rows; 1926 linenr_T l; 1927 1928 /* Count the old number of window rows, using w_lines[], which 1929 * should still contain the sizes for the lines as they are 1930 * currently displayed. */ 1931 for (i = idx; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1932 { 1933 /* Only valid lines have a meaningful wl_lnum. Invalid 1934 * lines are part of the changed area. */ 1935 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1936 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == mod_bot) 1937 break; 1938 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1939 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1940 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1941 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1 == mod_bot) 1942 { 1943 /* Must have found the last valid entry above mod_bot. 1944 * Add following invalid entries. */ 1945 ++i; 1946 while (i < wp->w_lines_valid 1947 && !wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) 1948 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i++].wl_size; 1949 break; 1950 } 1951 #endif 1952 } 1953 1954 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1955 { 1956 /* We can't find a valid line below the changed lines, 1957 * need to redraw until the end of the window. 1958 * Inserting/deleting lines has no use. */ 1959 bot_start = 0; 1960 } 1961 else 1962 { 1963 /* Able to count old number of rows: Count new window 1964 * rows, and may insert/delete lines */ 1965 j = idx; 1966 for (l = lnum; l < mod_bot; ++l) 1967 { 1968 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1969 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, l, NULL, &l, TRUE, NULL)) 1970 ++new_rows; 1971 else 1972 #endif 1973 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1974 if (l == wp->w_topline) 1975 new_rows += plines_win_nofill(wp, l, TRUE) 1976 + wp->w_topfill; 1977 else 1978 #endif 1979 new_rows += plines_win(wp, l, TRUE); 1980 ++j; 1981 if (new_rows > wp->w_height - row - 2) 1982 { 1983 /* it's getting too much, must redraw the rest */ 1984 new_rows = 9999; 1985 break; 1986 } 1987 } 1988 xtra_rows = new_rows - old_rows; 1989 if (xtra_rows < 0) 1990 { 1991 /* May scroll text up. If there is not enough 1992 * remaining text or scrolling fails, must redraw the 1993 * rest. If scrolling works, must redraw the text 1994 * below the scrolled text. */ 1995 if (row - xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) 1996 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1997 else 1998 { 1999 check_for_delay(FALSE); 2000 if (win_del_lines(wp, row, 2001 -xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE, 0) == FAIL) 2002 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 2003 else 2004 bot_start = wp->w_height + xtra_rows; 2005 } 2006 } 2007 else if (xtra_rows > 0) 2008 { 2009 /* May scroll text down. If there is not enough 2010 * remaining text of scrolling fails, must redraw the 2011 * rest. */ 2012 if (row + xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) 2013 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 2014 else 2015 { 2016 check_for_delay(FALSE); 2017 if (win_ins_lines(wp, row + old_rows, 2018 xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) 2019 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 2020 else if (top_end > row + old_rows) 2021 /* Scrolled the part at the top that requires 2022 * updating down. */ 2023 top_end += xtra_rows; 2024 } 2025 } 2026 2027 /* When not updating the rest, may need to move w_lines[] 2028 * entries. */ 2029 if (mod_bot != MAXLNUM && i != j) 2030 { 2031 if (j < i) 2032 { 2033 int x = row + new_rows; 2034 2035 /* move entries in w_lines[] upwards */ 2036 for (;;) 2037 { 2038 /* stop at last valid entry in w_lines[] */ 2039 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) 2040 { 2041 wp->w_lines_valid = j; 2042 break; 2043 } 2044 wp->w_lines[j] = wp->w_lines[i]; 2045 /* stop at a line that won't fit */ 2046 if (x + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size 2047 > wp->w_height) 2048 { 2049 wp->w_lines_valid = j + 1; 2050 break; 2051 } 2052 x += wp->w_lines[j++].wl_size; 2053 ++i; 2054 } 2055 if (bot_start > x) 2056 bot_start = x; 2057 } 2058 else /* j > i */ 2059 { 2060 /* move entries in w_lines[] downwards */ 2061 j -= i; 2062 wp->w_lines_valid += j; 2063 if (wp->w_lines_valid > wp->w_height) 2064 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; 2065 for (i = wp->w_lines_valid; i - j >= idx; --i) 2066 wp->w_lines[i] = wp->w_lines[i - j]; 2067 2068 /* The w_lines[] entries for inserted lines are 2069 * now invalid, but wl_size may be used above. 2070 * Reset to zero. */ 2071 while (i >= idx) 2072 { 2073 wp->w_lines[i].wl_size = 0; 2074 wp->w_lines[i--].wl_valid = FALSE; 2075 } 2076 } 2077 } 2078 } 2079 } 2080 2081 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2082 /* 2083 * When lines are folded, display one line for all of them. 2084 * Otherwise, display normally (can be several display lines when 2085 * 'wrap' is on). 2086 */ 2087 fold_count = foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo); 2088 if (fold_count != 0) 2089 { 2090 fold_line(wp, fold_count, &win_foldinfo, lnum, row); 2091 ++row; 2092 --fold_count; 2093 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = TRUE; 2094 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum + fold_count; 2095 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2096 did_update = DID_FOLD; 2097 # endif 2098 } 2099 else 2100 #endif 2101 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid 2102 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid 2103 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum == lnum 2104 && lnum > wp->w_topline 2105 && !(dy_flags & (DY_LASTLINE | DY_TRUNCATE)) 2106 && srow + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > wp->w_height 2107 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2108 && diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) == 0 2109 #endif 2110 ) 2111 { 2112 /* This line is not going to fit. Don't draw anything here, 2113 * will draw "@ " lines below. */ 2114 row = wp->w_height + 1; 2115 } 2116 else 2117 { 2118 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 2119 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); 2120 #endif 2121 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2122 /* Let the syntax stuff know we skipped a few lines. */ 2123 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_last_parsed + 1 < lnum 2124 && syntax_present(wp)) 2125 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); 2126 #endif 2127 2128 /* 2129 * Display one line. 2130 */ 2131 row = win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_height, mod_top == 0); 2132 2133 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2134 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = FALSE; 2135 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum; 2136 #endif 2137 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2138 did_update = DID_LINE; 2139 syntax_last_parsed = lnum; 2140 #endif 2141 } 2142 2143 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum = lnum; 2144 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid = TRUE; 2145 2146 /* Past end of the window or end of the screen. Note that after 2147 * resizing wp->w_height may be end up too big. That's a problem 2148 * elsewhere, but prevent a crash here. */ 2149 if (row > wp->w_height || row + wp->w_winrow >= Rows) 2150 { 2151 /* we may need the size of that too long line later on */ 2152 if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2153 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, TRUE); 2154 ++idx; 2155 break; 2156 } 2157 if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2158 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = row - srow; 2159 ++idx; 2160 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2161 lnum += fold_count + 1; 2162 #else 2163 ++lnum; 2164 #endif 2165 } 2166 else 2167 { 2168 /* This line does not need updating, advance to the next one */ 2169 row += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; 2170 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ 2171 break; 2172 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2173 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx - 1].wl_lastlnum + 1; 2174 #else 2175 ++lnum; 2176 #endif 2177 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2178 did_update = DID_NONE; 2179 #endif 2180 } 2181 2182 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 2183 { 2184 eof = TRUE; 2185 break; 2186 } 2187 } 2188 /* 2189 * End of loop over all window lines. 2190 */ 2191 2192 #ifdef FEAT_VTP 2193 /* Rewrite the character at the end of the screen line. */ 2194 if (use_vtp()) 2195 { 2196 int i; 2197 2198 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) 2199 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2200 if (enc_utf8) 2201 if ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[i] + Columns - 2, 2202 LineOffset[i] + screen_Columns) > 1) 2203 screen_draw_rectangle(i, Columns - 2, 1, 2, FALSE); 2204 else 2205 screen_draw_rectangle(i, Columns - 1, 1, 1, FALSE); 2206 else 2207 # endif 2208 screen_char(LineOffset[i] + Columns - 1, i, Columns - 1); 2209 } 2210 #endif 2211 2212 if (idx > wp->w_lines_valid) 2213 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; 2214 2215 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2216 /* 2217 * Let the syntax stuff know we stop parsing here. 2218 */ 2219 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_present(wp)) 2220 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); 2221 #endif 2222 2223 /* 2224 * If we didn't hit the end of the file, and we didn't finish the last 2225 * line we were working on, then the line didn't fit. 2226 */ 2227 wp->w_empty_rows = 0; 2228 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2229 wp->w_filler_rows = 0; 2230 #endif 2231 if (!eof && !didline) 2232 { 2233 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) 2234 { 2235 /* 2236 * Single line that does not fit! 2237 * Don't overwrite it, it can be edited. 2238 */ 2239 wp->w_botline = lnum + 1; 2240 } 2241 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2242 else if (diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) >= wp->w_height - srow) 2243 { 2244 /* Window ends in filler lines. */ 2245 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2246 wp->w_filler_rows = wp->w_height - srow; 2247 } 2248 #endif 2249 else if (dy_flags & DY_TRUNCATE) /* 'display' has "truncate" */ 2250 { 2251 int scr_row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1; 2252 2253 /* 2254 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" in the last screen line. 2255 */ 2256 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"@@", 2, scr_row, wp->w_wincol, 2257 HL_ATTR(HLF_AT)); 2258 screen_fill(scr_row, scr_row + 1, 2259 (int)wp->w_wincol + 2, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2260 '@', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_AT)); 2261 set_empty_rows(wp, srow); 2262 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2263 } 2264 else if (dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) /* 'display' has "lastline" */ 2265 { 2266 /* 2267 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" at the end. 2268 */ 2269 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1, 2270 W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 2271 (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - 3, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2272 '@', '@', HL_ATTR(HLF_AT)); 2273 set_empty_rows(wp, srow); 2274 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2275 } 2276 else 2277 { 2278 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', srow, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); 2279 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2280 } 2281 } 2282 else 2283 { 2284 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); 2285 if (eof) /* we hit the end of the file */ 2286 { 2287 wp->w_botline = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; 2288 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2289 j = diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_botline); 2290 if (j > 0 && !wp->w_botfill) 2291 { 2292 /* 2293 * Display filler lines at the end of the file 2294 */ 2295 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) 2296 i = '-'; 2297 else 2298 i = fill_diff; 2299 if (row + j > wp->w_height) 2300 j = wp->w_height - row; 2301 win_draw_end(wp, i, i, row, row + (int)j, HLF_DED); 2302 row += j; 2303 } 2304 #endif 2305 } 2306 else if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2307 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2308 2309 /* make sure the rest of the screen is blank */ 2310 /* put '~'s on rows that aren't part of the file. */ 2311 win_draw_end(wp, '~', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_EOB); 2312 } 2313 2314 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 2315 syn_set_timeout(NULL); 2316 #endif 2317 2318 /* Reset the type of redrawing required, the window has been updated. */ 2319 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 2320 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2321 wp->w_old_topfill = wp->w_topfill; 2322 wp->w_old_botfill = wp->w_botfill; 2323 #endif 2324 2325 if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2326 { 2327 /* 2328 * There is a trick with w_botline. If we invalidate it on each 2329 * change that might modify it, this will cause a lot of expensive 2330 * calls to plines() in update_topline() each time. Therefore the 2331 * value of w_botline is often approximated, and this value is used to 2332 * compute the value of w_topline. If the value of w_botline was 2333 * wrong, check that the value of w_topline is correct (cursor is on 2334 * the visible part of the text). If it's not, we need to redraw 2335 * again. Mostly this just means scrolling up a few lines, so it 2336 * doesn't look too bad. Only do this for the current window (where 2337 * changes are relevant). 2338 */ 2339 wp->w_valid |= VALID_BOTLINE; 2340 if (wp == curwin && wp->w_botline != old_botline && !recursive) 2341 { 2342 recursive = TRUE; 2343 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_TOPLINE; 2344 update_topline(); /* may invalidate w_botline again */ 2345 if (must_redraw != 0) 2346 { 2347 /* Don't update for changes in buffer again. */ 2348 i = curbuf->b_mod_set; 2349 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; 2350 win_update(curwin); 2351 must_redraw = 0; 2352 curbuf->b_mod_set = i; 2353 } 2354 recursive = FALSE; 2355 } 2356 } 2357 2358 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 2359 /* restore got_int, unless CTRL-C was hit while redrawing */ 2360 if (!got_int) 2361 got_int = save_got_int; 2362 #endif 2363 } 2364 2365 /* 2366 * Clear the rest of the window and mark the unused lines with "c1". use "c2" 2367 * as the filler character. 2368 */ 2369 static void 2370 win_draw_end( 2371 win_T *wp, 2372 int c1, 2373 int c2, 2374 int row, 2375 int endrow, 2376 hlf_T hl) 2377 { 2378 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_CMDWIN) 2379 int n = 0; 2380 # define FDC_OFF n 2381 #else 2382 # define FDC_OFF 0 2383 #endif 2384 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2385 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); 2386 #endif 2387 2388 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2389 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2390 { 2391 /* No check for cmdline window: should never be right-left. */ 2392 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2393 n = fdc; 2394 2395 if (n > 0) 2396 { 2397 /* draw the fold column at the right */ 2398 if (n > wp->w_width) 2399 n = wp->w_width; 2400 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2401 W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2402 ' ', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_FC)); 2403 } 2404 # endif 2405 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2406 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 2407 { 2408 int nn = n + 2; 2409 2410 /* draw the sign column left of the fold column */ 2411 if (nn > wp->w_width) 2412 nn = wp->w_width; 2413 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2414 W_ENDCOL(wp) - nn, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, 2415 ' ', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_SC)); 2416 n = nn; 2417 } 2418 # endif 2419 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2420 wp->w_wincol, W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, 2421 c2, c2, HL_ATTR(hl)); 2422 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2423 W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, W_ENDCOL(wp) - FDC_OFF, 2424 c1, c2, HL_ATTR(hl)); 2425 } 2426 else 2427 #endif 2428 { 2429 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 2430 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 2431 { 2432 /* draw the cmdline character in the leftmost column */ 2433 n = 1; 2434 if (n > wp->w_width) 2435 n = wp->w_width; 2436 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2437 wp->w_wincol, (int)wp->w_wincol + n, 2438 cmdwin_type, ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_AT)); 2439 } 2440 #endif 2441 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2442 if (fdc > 0) 2443 { 2444 int nn = n + fdc; 2445 2446 /* draw the fold column at the left */ 2447 if (nn > wp->w_width) 2448 nn = wp->w_width; 2449 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2450 wp->w_wincol + n, (int)wp->w_wincol + nn, 2451 ' ', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_FC)); 2452 n = nn; 2453 } 2454 #endif 2455 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2456 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 2457 { 2458 int nn = n + 2; 2459 2460 /* draw the sign column after the fold column */ 2461 if (nn > wp->w_width) 2462 nn = wp->w_width; 2463 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2464 wp->w_wincol + n, (int)wp->w_wincol + nn, 2465 ' ', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_SC)); 2466 n = nn; 2467 } 2468 #endif 2469 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2470 wp->w_wincol + FDC_OFF, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2471 c1, c2, HL_ATTR(hl)); 2472 } 2473 set_empty_rows(wp, row); 2474 } 2475 2476 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2477 static int advance_color_col(int vcol, int **color_cols); 2478 2479 /* 2480 * Advance **color_cols and return TRUE when there are columns to draw. 2481 */ 2482 static int 2483 advance_color_col(int vcol, int **color_cols) 2484 { 2485 while (**color_cols >= 0 && vcol > **color_cols) 2486 ++*color_cols; 2487 return (**color_cols >= 0); 2488 } 2489 #endif 2490 2491 #if defined(FEAT_MENU) || defined(FEAT_FOLDING) 2492 /* 2493 * Copy "text" to ScreenLines using "attr". 2494 * Returns the next screen column. 2495 */ 2496 static int 2497 text_to_screenline(win_T *wp, char_u *text, int col) 2498 { 2499 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 2500 2501 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2502 if (has_mbyte) 2503 { 2504 int cells; 2505 int u8c, u8cc[MAX_MCO]; 2506 int i; 2507 int idx; 2508 int c_len; 2509 char_u *p; 2510 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2511 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 2512 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ 2513 # endif 2514 2515 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2516 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2517 idx = off; 2518 else 2519 # endif 2520 idx = off + col; 2521 2522 /* Store multibyte characters in ScreenLines[] et al. correctly. */ 2523 for (p = text; *p != NUL; ) 2524 { 2525 cells = (*mb_ptr2cells)(p); 2526 c_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); 2527 if (col + cells > wp->w_width 2528 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2529 - (wp->w_p_rl ? col : 0) 2530 # endif 2531 ) 2532 break; 2533 ScreenLines[idx] = *p; 2534 if (enc_utf8) 2535 { 2536 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(p, u8cc); 2537 if (*p < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) 2538 { 2539 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = 0; 2540 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2541 prev_c = u8c; 2542 #endif 2543 } 2544 else 2545 { 2546 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2547 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) 2548 { 2549 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 2550 int pc, pc1, nc; 2551 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 2552 int firstbyte = *p; 2553 2554 /* The idea of what is the previous and next 2555 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ 2556 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2557 { 2558 pc = prev_c; 2559 pc1 = prev_c1; 2560 nc = utf_ptr2char(p + c_len); 2561 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; 2562 } 2563 else 2564 { 2565 pc = utfc_ptr2char(p + c_len, pcc); 2566 nc = prev_c; 2567 pc1 = pcc[0]; 2568 } 2569 prev_c = u8c; 2570 2571 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &firstbyte, &u8cc[0], 2572 pc, pc1, nc); 2573 ScreenLines[idx] = firstbyte; 2574 } 2575 else 2576 prev_c = u8c; 2577 #endif 2578 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ 2579 #ifdef UNICODE16 2580 if (u8c >= 0x10000) 2581 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = (cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; 2582 else 2583 #endif 2584 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = u8c; 2585 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 2586 { 2587 ScreenLinesC[i][idx] = u8cc[i]; 2588 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 2589 break; 2590 } 2591 } 2592 if (cells > 1) 2593 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = 0; 2594 } 2595 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e) 2596 /* double-byte single width character */ 2597 ScreenLines2[idx] = p[1]; 2598 else if (cells > 1) 2599 /* double-width character */ 2600 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = p[1]; 2601 col += cells; 2602 idx += cells; 2603 p += c_len; 2604 } 2605 } 2606 else 2607 #endif 2608 { 2609 int len = (int)STRLEN(text); 2610 2611 if (len > wp->w_width - col) 2612 len = wp->w_width - col; 2613 if (len > 0) 2614 { 2615 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2616 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2617 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine, text, len); 2618 else 2619 #endif 2620 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine + col, text, len); 2621 col += len; 2622 } 2623 } 2624 return col; 2625 } 2626 #endif 2627 2628 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2629 /* 2630 * Compute the width of the foldcolumn. Based on 'foldcolumn' and how much 2631 * space is available for window "wp", minus "col". 2632 */ 2633 static int 2634 compute_foldcolumn(win_T *wp, int col) 2635 { 2636 int fdc = wp->w_p_fdc; 2637 int wmw = wp == curwin && p_wmw == 0 ? 1 : p_wmw; 2638 int wwidth = wp->w_width; 2639 2640 if (fdc > wwidth - (col + wmw)) 2641 fdc = wwidth - (col + wmw); 2642 return fdc; 2643 } 2644 2645 /* 2646 * Display one folded line. 2647 */ 2648 static void 2649 fold_line( 2650 win_T *wp, 2651 long fold_count, 2652 foldinfo_T *foldinfo, 2653 linenr_T lnum, 2654 int row) 2655 { 2656 char_u buf[FOLD_TEXT_LEN]; 2657 pos_T *top, *bot; 2658 linenr_T lnume = lnum + fold_count - 1; 2659 int len; 2660 char_u *text; 2661 int fdc; 2662 int col; 2663 int txtcol; 2664 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 2665 int ri; 2666 2667 /* Build the fold line: 2668 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window 2669 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' 2670 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 2671 * 4. Compose the text 2672 * 5. Add the text 2673 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text 2674 */ 2675 col = 0; 2676 2677 /* 2678 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window 2679 * Ignores 'rightleft', this window is never right-left. 2680 */ 2681 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 2682 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 2683 { 2684 ScreenLines[off] = cmdwin_type; 2685 ScreenAttrs[off] = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 2686 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2687 if (enc_utf8) 2688 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 2689 #endif 2690 ++col; 2691 } 2692 #endif 2693 2694 /* 2695 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' 2696 * Reduce the width when there is not enough space. 2697 */ 2698 fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, col); 2699 if (fdc > 0) 2700 { 2701 fill_foldcolumn(buf, wp, TRUE, lnum); 2702 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2703 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2704 { 2705 int i; 2706 2707 copy_text_attr(off + wp->w_width - fdc - col, buf, fdc, 2708 HL_ATTR(HLF_FC)); 2709 /* reverse the fold column */ 2710 for (i = 0; i < fdc; ++i) 2711 ScreenLines[off + wp->w_width - i - 1 - col] = buf[i]; 2712 } 2713 else 2714 #endif 2715 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, fdc, HL_ATTR(HLF_FC)); 2716 col += fdc; 2717 } 2718 2719 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2720 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) \ 2721 do { \ 2722 if (wp->w_p_rl) \ 2723 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2724 ScreenAttrs[off + (wp->w_width - (p) - (l)) + ri] = v; \ 2725 else \ 2726 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2727 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v; \ 2728 } while (0) 2729 #else 2730 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) \ 2731 do { \ 2732 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2733 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v; \ 2734 } while (0) 2735 #endif 2736 2737 /* Set all attributes of the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column and the 2738 * text */ 2739 RL_MEMSET(col, HL_ATTR(HLF_FL), wp->w_width - col); 2740 2741 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2742 /* If signs are being displayed, add two spaces. */ 2743 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 2744 { 2745 len = wp->w_width - col; 2746 if (len > 0) 2747 { 2748 if (len > 2) 2749 len = 2; 2750 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2751 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2752 /* the line number isn't reversed */ 2753 copy_text_attr(off + wp->w_width - len - col, 2754 (char_u *)" ", len, HL_ATTR(HLF_FL)); 2755 else 2756 # endif 2757 copy_text_attr(off + col, (char_u *)" ", len, HL_ATTR(HLF_FL)); 2758 col += len; 2759 } 2760 } 2761 #endif 2762 2763 /* 2764 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 2765 */ 2766 if (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) 2767 { 2768 len = wp->w_width - col; 2769 if (len > 0) 2770 { 2771 int w = number_width(wp); 2772 long num; 2773 char *fmt = "%*ld "; 2774 2775 if (len > w + 1) 2776 len = w + 1; 2777 2778 if (wp->w_p_nu && !wp->w_p_rnu) 2779 /* 'number' + 'norelativenumber' */ 2780 num = (long)lnum; 2781 else 2782 { 2783 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ 2784 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); 2785 if (num == 0 && wp->w_p_nu && wp->w_p_rnu) 2786 { 2787 /* 'number' + 'relativenumber': cursor line shows absolute 2788 * line number */ 2789 num = lnum; 2790 fmt = "%-*ld "; 2791 } 2792 } 2793 2794 sprintf((char *)buf, fmt, w, num); 2795 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2796 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2797 /* the line number isn't reversed */ 2798 copy_text_attr(off + wp->w_width - len - col, buf, len, 2799 HL_ATTR(HLF_FL)); 2800 else 2801 #endif 2802 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, len, HL_ATTR(HLF_FL)); 2803 col += len; 2804 } 2805 } 2806 2807 /* 2808 * 4. Compose the folded-line string with 'foldtext', if set. 2809 */ 2810 text = get_foldtext(wp, lnum, lnume, foldinfo, buf); 2811 2812 txtcol = col; /* remember where text starts */ 2813 2814 /* 2815 * 5. move the text to current_ScreenLine. Fill up with "fill_fold". 2816 * Right-left text is put in columns 0 - number-col, normal text is put 2817 * in columns number-col - window-width. 2818 */ 2819 col = text_to_screenline(wp, text, col); 2820 2821 /* Fill the rest of the line with the fold filler */ 2822 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2823 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2824 col -= txtcol; 2825 #endif 2826 while (col < wp->w_width 2827 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2828 - (wp->w_p_rl ? txtcol : 0) 2829 #endif 2830 ) 2831 { 2832 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2833 if (enc_utf8) 2834 { 2835 if (fill_fold >= 0x80) 2836 { 2837 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = fill_fold; 2838 ScreenLinesC[0][off + col] = 0; 2839 ScreenLines[off + col] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */ 2840 } 2841 else 2842 { 2843 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = 0; 2844 ScreenLines[off + col] = fill_fold; 2845 } 2846 col++; 2847 } 2848 else 2849 #endif 2850 ScreenLines[off + col++] = fill_fold; 2851 } 2852 2853 if (text != buf) 2854 vim_free(text); 2855 2856 /* 2857 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text. 2858 * If all folded lines are in the Visual area, highlight the line. 2859 */ 2860 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) 2861 { 2862 if (LTOREQ_POS(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) 2863 { 2864 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ 2865 top = &curwin->w_cursor; 2866 bot = &VIsual; 2867 } 2868 else 2869 { 2870 /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ 2871 top = &VIsual; 2872 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; 2873 } 2874 if (lnum >= top->lnum 2875 && lnume <= bot->lnum 2876 && (VIsual_mode != 'v' 2877 || ((lnum > top->lnum 2878 || (lnum == top->lnum 2879 && top->col == 0)) 2880 && (lnume < bot->lnum 2881 || (lnume == bot->lnum 2882 && (bot->col - (*p_sel == 'e')) 2883 >= (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnume, FALSE))))))) 2884 { 2885 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) 2886 { 2887 /* Visual block mode: highlight the chars part of the block */ 2888 if (wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)wp->w_width) 2889 { 2890 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lcol != MAXCOL 2891 && wp->w_old_cursor_lcol + txtcol 2892 < (colnr_T)wp->w_width) 2893 len = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; 2894 else 2895 len = wp->w_width - txtcol; 2896 RL_MEMSET(wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol, HL_ATTR(HLF_V), 2897 len - (int)wp->w_old_cursor_fcol); 2898 } 2899 } 2900 else 2901 { 2902 /* Set all attributes of the text */ 2903 RL_MEMSET(txtcol, HL_ATTR(HLF_V), wp->w_width - txtcol); 2904 } 2905 } 2906 } 2907 2908 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2909 /* Show colorcolumn in the fold line, but let cursorcolumn override it. */ 2910 if (wp->w_p_cc_cols) 2911 { 2912 int i = 0; 2913 int j = wp->w_p_cc_cols[i]; 2914 int old_txtcol = txtcol; 2915 2916 while (j > -1) 2917 { 2918 txtcol += j; 2919 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 2920 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol; 2921 else 2922 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol; 2923 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < wp->w_width) 2924 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr( 2925 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], HL_ATTR(HLF_MC)); 2926 txtcol = old_txtcol; 2927 j = wp->w_p_cc_cols[++i]; 2928 } 2929 } 2930 2931 /* Show 'cursorcolumn' in the fold line. */ 2932 if (wp->w_p_cuc) 2933 { 2934 txtcol += wp->w_virtcol; 2935 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 2936 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol; 2937 else 2938 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol; 2939 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < wp->w_width) 2940 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr( 2941 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], HL_ATTR(HLF_CUC)); 2942 } 2943 #endif 2944 2945 screen_line(row + W_WINROW(wp), wp->w_wincol, (int)wp->w_width, 2946 (int)wp->w_width, FALSE); 2947 2948 /* 2949 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was 2950 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). 2951 */ 2952 if (wp == curwin 2953 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum 2954 && lnume >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 2955 { 2956 curwin->w_cline_row = row; 2957 curwin->w_cline_height = 1; 2958 curwin->w_cline_folded = TRUE; 2959 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); 2960 } 2961 } 2962 2963 /* 2964 * Copy "buf[len]" to ScreenLines["off"] and set attributes to "attr". 2965 */ 2966 static void 2967 copy_text_attr( 2968 int off, 2969 char_u *buf, 2970 int len, 2971 int attr) 2972 { 2973 int i; 2974 2975 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off, buf, (size_t)len); 2976 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2977 if (enc_utf8) 2978 vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * (size_t)len); 2979 # endif 2980 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) 2981 ScreenAttrs[off + i] = attr; 2982 } 2983 2984 /* 2985 * Fill the foldcolumn at "p" for window "wp". 2986 * Only to be called when 'foldcolumn' > 0. 2987 */ 2988 static void 2989 fill_foldcolumn( 2990 char_u *p, 2991 win_T *wp, 2992 int closed, /* TRUE of FALSE */ 2993 linenr_T lnum) /* current line number */ 2994 { 2995 int i = 0; 2996 int level; 2997 int first_level; 2998 int empty; 2999 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); 3000 3001 /* Init to all spaces. */ 3002 vim_memset(p, ' ', (size_t)fdc); 3003 3004 level = win_foldinfo.fi_level; 3005 if (level > 0) 3006 { 3007 /* If there is only one column put more info in it. */ 3008 empty = (fdc == 1) ? 0 : 1; 3009 3010 /* If the column is too narrow, we start at the lowest level that 3011 * fits and use numbers to indicated the depth. */ 3012 first_level = level - fdc - closed + 1 + empty; 3013 if (first_level < 1) 3014 first_level = 1; 3015 3016 for (i = 0; i + empty < fdc; ++i) 3017 { 3018 if (win_foldinfo.fi_lnum == lnum 3019 && first_level + i >= win_foldinfo.fi_low_level) 3020 p[i] = '-'; 3021 else if (first_level == 1) 3022 p[i] = '|'; 3023 else if (first_level + i <= 9) 3024 p[i] = '0' + first_level + i; 3025 else 3026 p[i] = '>'; 3027 if (first_level + i == level) 3028 break; 3029 } 3030 } 3031 if (closed) 3032 p[i >= fdc ? i - 1 : i] = '+'; 3033 } 3034 #endif /* FEAT_FOLDING */ 3035 3036 /* 3037 * Display line "lnum" of window 'wp' on the screen. 3038 * Start at row "startrow", stop when "endrow" is reached. 3039 * wp->w_virtcol needs to be valid. 3040 * 3041 * Return the number of last row the line occupies. 3042 */ 3043 static int 3044 win_line( 3045 win_T *wp, 3046 linenr_T lnum, 3047 int startrow, 3048 int endrow, 3049 int nochange UNUSED) /* not updating for changed text */ 3050 { 3051 int col = 0; /* visual column on screen */ 3052 unsigned off; /* offset in ScreenLines/ScreenAttrs */ 3053 int c = 0; /* init for GCC */ 3054 long vcol = 0; /* virtual column (for tabs) */ 3055 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3056 long vcol_sbr = -1; /* virtual column after showbreak */ 3057 #endif 3058 long vcol_prev = -1; /* "vcol" of previous character */ 3059 char_u *line; /* current line */ 3060 char_u *ptr; /* current position in "line" */ 3061 int row; /* row in the window, excl w_winrow */ 3062 int screen_row; /* row on the screen, incl w_winrow */ 3063 3064 char_u extra[18]; /* "%ld" and 'fdc' must fit in here */ 3065 int n_extra = 0; /* number of extra chars */ 3066 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* string of extra chars, plus NUL */ 3067 char_u *p_extra_free = NULL; /* p_extra needs to be freed */ 3068 int c_extra = NUL; /* extra chars, all the same */ 3069 int extra_attr = 0; /* attributes when n_extra != 0 */ 3070 static char_u *at_end_str = (char_u *)""; /* used for p_extra when 3071 displaying lcs_eol at end-of-line */ 3072 int lcs_eol_one = lcs_eol; /* lcs_eol until it's been used */ 3073 int lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; /* lcs_prec until it's been used */ 3074 3075 /* saved "extra" items for when draw_state becomes WL_LINE (again) */ 3076 int saved_n_extra = 0; 3077 char_u *saved_p_extra = NULL; 3078 int saved_c_extra = 0; 3079 int saved_char_attr = 0; 3080 3081 int n_attr = 0; /* chars with special attr */ 3082 int saved_attr2 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr */ 3083 int n_attr3 = 0; /* chars with overruling special attr */ 3084 int saved_attr3 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr3 */ 3085 3086 int n_skip = 0; /* nr of chars to skip for 'nowrap' */ 3087 3088 int fromcol, tocol; /* start/end of inverting */ 3089 int fromcol_prev = -2; /* start of inverting after cursor */ 3090 int noinvcur = FALSE; /* don't invert the cursor */ 3091 pos_T *top, *bot; 3092 int lnum_in_visual_area = FALSE; 3093 pos_T pos; 3094 long v; 3095 3096 int char_attr = 0; /* attributes for next character */ 3097 int attr_pri = FALSE; /* char_attr has priority */ 3098 int area_highlighting = FALSE; /* Visual or incsearch highlighting 3099 in this line */ 3100 int attr = 0; /* attributes for area highlighting */ 3101 int area_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by highlighting */ 3102 int search_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by 'hlsearch' */ 3103 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3104 int vcol_save_attr = 0; /* saved attr for 'cursorcolumn' */ 3105 int syntax_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by syntax */ 3106 int has_syntax = FALSE; /* this buffer has syntax highl. */ 3107 int save_did_emsg; 3108 int eol_hl_off = 0; /* 1 if highlighted char after EOL */ 3109 int draw_color_col = FALSE; /* highlight colorcolumn */ 3110 int *color_cols = NULL; /* pointer to according columns array */ 3111 #endif 3112 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3113 int has_spell = FALSE; /* this buffer has spell checking */ 3114 # define SPWORDLEN 150 3115 char_u nextline[SPWORDLEN * 2];/* text with start of the next line */ 3116 int nextlinecol = 0; /* column where nextline[] starts */ 3117 int nextline_idx = 0; /* index in nextline[] where next line 3118 starts */ 3119 int spell_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by spelling */ 3120 int word_end = 0; /* last byte with same spell_attr */ 3121 static linenr_T checked_lnum = 0; /* line number for "checked_col" */ 3122 static int checked_col = 0; /* column in "checked_lnum" up to which 3123 * there are no spell errors */ 3124 static int cap_col = -1; /* column to check for Cap word */ 3125 static linenr_T capcol_lnum = 0; /* line number where "cap_col" used */ 3126 int cur_checked_col = 0; /* checked column for current line */ 3127 #endif 3128 int extra_check; /* has syntax or linebreak */ 3129 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3130 int multi_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by multibyte */ 3131 int mb_l = 1; /* multi-byte byte length */ 3132 int mb_c = 0; /* decoded multi-byte character */ 3133 int mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* screen char is UTF-8 char */ 3134 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing UTF-8 chars */ 3135 #endif 3136 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3137 int filler_lines; /* nr of filler lines to be drawn */ 3138 int filler_todo; /* nr of filler lines still to do + 1 */ 3139 hlf_T diff_hlf = (hlf_T)0; /* type of diff highlighting */ 3140 int change_start = MAXCOL; /* first col of changed area */ 3141 int change_end = -1; /* last col of changed area */ 3142 #endif 3143 colnr_T trailcol = MAXCOL; /* start of trailing spaces */ 3144 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3145 int need_showbreak = FALSE; /* overlong line, skipping first x 3146 chars */ 3147 #endif 3148 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) \ 3149 || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 3150 # define LINE_ATTR 3151 int line_attr = 0; /* attribute for the whole line */ 3152 #endif 3153 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 3154 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ 3155 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ 3156 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl 3157 has been processed or not */ 3158 int pos_inprogress; /* marks that position match search is 3159 in progress */ 3160 int prevcol_hl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether prevcol 3161 equals startcol of search_hl or one 3162 of the matches */ 3163 #endif 3164 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 3165 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 3166 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ 3167 #endif 3168 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 3169 int did_line_attr = 0; 3170 #endif 3171 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 3172 int get_term_attr = FALSE; 3173 int term_attr = 0; /* background for terminal window */ 3174 #endif 3175 3176 /* draw_state: items that are drawn in sequence: */ 3177 #define WL_START 0 /* nothing done yet */ 3178 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 3179 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START + 1 /* cmdline window column */ 3180 #else 3181 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START 3182 #endif 3183 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 3184 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE + 1 /* 'foldcolumn' */ 3185 #else 3186 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE 3187 #endif 3188 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3189 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD + 1 /* column for signs */ 3190 #else 3191 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD /* column for signs */ 3192 #endif 3193 #define WL_NR WL_SIGN + 1 /* line number */ 3194 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3195 # define WL_BRI WL_NR + 1 /* 'breakindent' */ 3196 #else 3197 # define WL_BRI WL_NR 3198 #endif 3199 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 3200 # define WL_SBR WL_BRI + 1 /* 'showbreak' or 'diff' */ 3201 #else 3202 # define WL_SBR WL_BRI 3203 #endif 3204 #define WL_LINE WL_SBR + 1 /* text in the line */ 3205 int draw_state = WL_START; /* what to draw next */ 3206 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) 3207 int feedback_col = 0; 3208 int feedback_old_attr = -1; 3209 #endif 3210 3211 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 3212 int syntax_flags = 0; 3213 int syntax_seqnr = 0; 3214 int prev_syntax_id = 0; 3215 int conceal_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_CONCEAL); 3216 int is_concealing = FALSE; 3217 int boguscols = 0; /* nonexistent columns added to force 3218 wrapping */ 3219 int vcol_off = 0; /* offset for concealed characters */ 3220 int did_wcol = FALSE; 3221 int match_conc = 0; /* cchar for match functions */ 3222 int has_match_conc = 0; /* match wants to conceal */ 3223 int old_boguscols = 0; 3224 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol - vcol_off) 3225 # define FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS \ 3226 { \ 3227 n_extra += vcol_off; \ 3228 vcol -= vcol_off; \ 3229 vcol_off = 0; \ 3230 col -= boguscols; \ 3231 old_boguscols = boguscols; \ 3232 boguscols = 0; \ 3233 } 3234 #else 3235 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol) 3236 #endif 3237 3238 if (startrow > endrow) /* past the end already! */ 3239 return startrow; 3240 3241 row = startrow; 3242 screen_row = row + W_WINROW(wp); 3243 3244 /* 3245 * To speed up the loop below, set extra_check when there is linebreak, 3246 * trailing white space and/or syntax processing to be done. 3247 */ 3248 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3249 extra_check = wp->w_p_lbr; 3250 #else 3251 extra_check = 0; 3252 #endif 3253 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3254 if (syntax_present(wp) && !wp->w_s->b_syn_error 3255 # ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 3256 && !wp->w_s->b_syn_slow 3257 # endif 3258 ) 3259 { 3260 /* Prepare for syntax highlighting in this line. When there is an 3261 * error, stop syntax highlighting. */ 3262 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 3263 did_emsg = FALSE; 3264 syntax_start(wp, lnum); 3265 if (did_emsg) 3266 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; 3267 else 3268 { 3269 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 3270 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 3271 if (!wp->w_s->b_syn_slow) 3272 #endif 3273 { 3274 has_syntax = TRUE; 3275 extra_check = TRUE; 3276 } 3277 } 3278 } 3279 3280 /* Check for columns to display for 'colorcolumn'. */ 3281 color_cols = wp->w_p_cc_cols; 3282 if (color_cols != NULL) 3283 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); 3284 #endif 3285 3286 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 3287 if (term_show_buffer(wp->w_buffer)) 3288 { 3289 extra_check = TRUE; 3290 get_term_attr = TRUE; 3291 term_attr = term_get_attr(wp->w_buffer, lnum, -1); 3292 } 3293 #endif 3294 3295 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3296 if (wp->w_p_spell 3297 && *wp->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL 3298 && wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_len > 0 3299 && *(char **)(wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_data) != NULL) 3300 { 3301 /* Prepare for spell checking. */ 3302 has_spell = TRUE; 3303 extra_check = TRUE; 3304 3305 /* Get the start of the next line, so that words that wrap to the next 3306 * line are found too: "et<line-break>al.". 3307 * Trick: skip a few chars for C/shell/Vim comments */ 3308 nextline[SPWORDLEN] = NUL; 3309 if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) 3310 { 3311 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, FALSE); 3312 spell_cat_line(nextline + SPWORDLEN, line, SPWORDLEN); 3313 } 3314 3315 /* When a word wrapped from the previous line the start of the current 3316 * line is valid. */ 3317 if (lnum == checked_lnum) 3318 cur_checked_col = checked_col; 3319 checked_lnum = 0; 3320 3321 /* When there was a sentence end in the previous line may require a 3322 * word starting with capital in this line. In line 1 always check 3323 * the first word. */ 3324 if (lnum != capcol_lnum) 3325 cap_col = -1; 3326 if (lnum == 1) 3327 cap_col = 0; 3328 capcol_lnum = 0; 3329 } 3330 #endif 3331 3332 /* 3333 * handle visual active in this window 3334 */ 3335 fromcol = -10; 3336 tocol = MAXCOL; 3337 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) 3338 { 3339 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ 3340 if (LTOREQ_POS(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) 3341 { 3342 top = &curwin->w_cursor; 3343 bot = &VIsual; 3344 } 3345 else /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ 3346 { 3347 top = &VIsual; 3348 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; 3349 } 3350 lnum_in_visual_area = (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum); 3351 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) /* block mode */ 3352 { 3353 if (lnum_in_visual_area) 3354 { 3355 fromcol = wp->w_old_cursor_fcol; 3356 tocol = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; 3357 } 3358 } 3359 else /* non-block mode */ 3360 { 3361 if (lnum > top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum) 3362 fromcol = 0; 3363 else if (lnum == top->lnum) 3364 { 3365 if (VIsual_mode == 'V') /* linewise */ 3366 fromcol = 0; 3367 else 3368 { 3369 getvvcol(wp, top, (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); 3370 if (gchar_pos(top) == NUL) 3371 tocol = fromcol + 1; 3372 } 3373 } 3374 if (VIsual_mode != 'V' && lnum == bot->lnum) 3375 { 3376 if (*p_sel == 'e' && bot->col == 0 3377 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 3378 && bot->coladd == 0 3379 #endif 3380 ) 3381 { 3382 fromcol = -10; 3383 tocol = MAXCOL; 3384 } 3385 else if (bot->col == MAXCOL) 3386 tocol = MAXCOL; 3387 else 3388 { 3389 pos = *bot; 3390 if (*p_sel == 'e') 3391 getvvcol(wp, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); 3392 else 3393 { 3394 getvvcol(wp, &pos, NULL, NULL, (colnr_T *)&tocol); 3395 ++tocol; 3396 } 3397 } 3398 } 3399 } 3400 3401 /* Check if the character under the cursor should not be inverted */ 3402 if (!highlight_match && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && wp == curwin 3403 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 3404 && !gui.in_use 3405 #endif 3406 ) 3407 noinvcur = TRUE; 3408 3409 /* if inverting in this line set area_highlighting */ 3410 if (fromcol >= 0) 3411 { 3412 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3413 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_V); 3414 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11) 3415 if ((clip_star.available && !clip_star.owned 3416 && clip_isautosel_star()) 3417 || (clip_plus.available && !clip_plus.owned 3418 && clip_isautosel_plus())) 3419 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_VNC); 3420 #endif 3421 } 3422 } 3423 3424 /* 3425 * handle 'incsearch' and ":s///c" highlighting 3426 */ 3427 else if (highlight_match 3428 && wp == curwin 3429 && lnum >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum 3430 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) 3431 { 3432 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 3433 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor), 3434 (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); 3435 else 3436 fromcol = 0; 3437 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) 3438 { 3439 pos.lnum = lnum; 3440 pos.col = search_match_endcol; 3441 getvcol(curwin, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); 3442 } 3443 else 3444 tocol = MAXCOL; 3445 /* do at least one character; happens when past end of line */ 3446 if (fromcol == tocol) 3447 tocol = fromcol + 1; 3448 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3449 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_I); 3450 } 3451 3452 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3453 filler_lines = diff_check(wp, lnum); 3454 if (filler_lines < 0) 3455 { 3456 if (filler_lines == -1) 3457 { 3458 if (diff_find_change(wp, lnum, &change_start, &change_end)) 3459 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ 3460 else if (change_start == 0) 3461 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ 3462 else 3463 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ 3464 } 3465 else 3466 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ 3467 filler_lines = 0; 3468 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3469 } 3470 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) 3471 filler_lines = wp->w_topfill; 3472 filler_todo = filler_lines; 3473 #endif 3474 3475 #ifdef LINE_ATTR 3476 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3477 /* If this line has a sign with line highlighting set line_attr. */ 3478 v = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, SIGN_LINEHL); 3479 if (v != 0) 3480 line_attr = sign_get_attr((int)v, TRUE); 3481 # endif 3482 # if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) 3483 /* Highlight the current line in the quickfix window. */ 3484 if (bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer) && qf_current_entry(wp) == lnum) 3485 line_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_QFL); 3486 # endif 3487 if (line_attr != 0) 3488 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3489 #endif 3490 3491 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3492 ptr = line; 3493 3494 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3495 if (has_spell) 3496 { 3497 /* For checking first word with a capital skip white space. */ 3498 if (cap_col == 0) 3499 cap_col = getwhitecols(line); 3500 3501 /* To be able to spell-check over line boundaries copy the end of the 3502 * current line into nextline[]. Above the start of the next line was 3503 * copied to nextline[SPWORDLEN]. */ 3504 if (nextline[SPWORDLEN] == NUL) 3505 { 3506 /* No next line or it is empty. */ 3507 nextlinecol = MAXCOL; 3508 nextline_idx = 0; 3509 } 3510 else 3511 { 3512 v = (long)STRLEN(line); 3513 if (v < SPWORDLEN) 3514 { 3515 /* Short line, use it completely and append the start of the 3516 * next line. */ 3517 nextlinecol = 0; 3518 mch_memmove(nextline, line, (size_t)v); 3519 STRMOVE(nextline + v, nextline + SPWORDLEN); 3520 nextline_idx = v + 1; 3521 } 3522 else 3523 { 3524 /* Long line, use only the last SPWORDLEN bytes. */ 3525 nextlinecol = v - SPWORDLEN; 3526 mch_memmove(nextline, line + nextlinecol, SPWORDLEN); 3527 nextline_idx = SPWORDLEN + 1; 3528 } 3529 } 3530 } 3531 #endif 3532 3533 if (wp->w_p_list) 3534 { 3535 if (lcs_space || lcs_trail) 3536 extra_check = TRUE; 3537 /* find start of trailing whitespace */ 3538 if (lcs_trail) 3539 { 3540 trailcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ptr); 3541 while (trailcol > (colnr_T)0 && VIM_ISWHITE(ptr[trailcol - 1])) 3542 --trailcol; 3543 trailcol += (colnr_T) (ptr - line); 3544 } 3545 } 3546 3547 /* 3548 * 'nowrap' or 'wrap' and a single line that doesn't fit: Advance to the 3549 * first character to be displayed. 3550 */ 3551 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 3552 v = wp->w_skipcol; 3553 else 3554 v = wp->w_leftcol; 3555 if (v > 0) 3556 { 3557 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3558 char_u *prev_ptr = ptr; 3559 #endif 3560 while (vcol < v && *ptr != NUL) 3561 { 3562 c = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, ptr, (colnr_T)vcol, NULL); 3563 vcol += c; 3564 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3565 prev_ptr = ptr; 3566 #endif 3567 MB_PTR_ADV(ptr); 3568 } 3569 3570 /* When: 3571 * - 'cuc' is set, or 3572 * - 'colorcolumn' is set, or 3573 * - 'virtualedit' is set, or 3574 * - the visual mode is active, 3575 * the end of the line may be before the start of the displayed part. 3576 */ 3577 if (vcol < v && ( 3578 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3579 wp->w_p_cuc || draw_color_col || 3580 #endif 3581 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 3582 virtual_active() || 3583 #endif 3584 (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer))) 3585 { 3586 vcol = v; 3587 } 3588 3589 /* Handle a character that's not completely on the screen: Put ptr at 3590 * that character but skip the first few screen characters. */ 3591 if (vcol > v) 3592 { 3593 vcol -= c; 3594 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3595 ptr = prev_ptr; 3596 #else 3597 --ptr; 3598 #endif 3599 /* If the character fits on the screen, don't need to skip it. 3600 * Except for a TAB. */ 3601 if (( 3602 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3603 (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) >= c || 3604 #endif 3605 *ptr == TAB) && col == 0) 3606 n_skip = v - vcol; 3607 } 3608 3609 /* 3610 * Adjust for when the inverted text is before the screen, 3611 * and when the start of the inverted text is before the screen. 3612 */ 3613 if (tocol <= vcol) 3614 fromcol = 0; 3615 else if (fromcol >= 0 && fromcol < vcol) 3616 fromcol = vcol; 3617 3618 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3619 /* When w_skipcol is non-zero, first line needs 'showbreak' */ 3620 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 3621 need_showbreak = TRUE; 3622 #endif 3623 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3624 /* When spell checking a word we need to figure out the start of the 3625 * word and if it's badly spelled or not. */ 3626 if (has_spell) 3627 { 3628 int len; 3629 colnr_T linecol = (colnr_T)(ptr - line); 3630 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 3631 3632 pos = wp->w_cursor; 3633 wp->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 3634 wp->w_cursor.col = linecol; 3635 len = spell_move_to(wp, FORWARD, TRUE, TRUE, &spell_hlf); 3636 3637 /* spell_move_to() may call ml_get() and make "line" invalid */ 3638 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3639 ptr = line + linecol; 3640 3641 if (len == 0 || (int)wp->w_cursor.col > ptr - line) 3642 { 3643 /* no bad word found at line start, don't check until end of a 3644 * word */ 3645 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 3646 word_end = (int)(spell_to_word_end(ptr, wp) - line + 1); 3647 } 3648 else 3649 { 3650 /* bad word found, use attributes until end of word */ 3651 word_end = wp->w_cursor.col + len + 1; 3652 3653 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ 3654 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) 3655 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; 3656 } 3657 wp->w_cursor = pos; 3658 3659 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3660 /* Need to restart syntax highlighting for this line. */ 3661 if (has_syntax) 3662 syntax_start(wp, lnum); 3663 # endif 3664 } 3665 #endif 3666 } 3667 3668 /* 3669 * Correct highlighting for cursor that can't be disabled. 3670 * Avoids having to check this for each character. 3671 */ 3672 if (fromcol >= 0) 3673 { 3674 if (noinvcur) 3675 { 3676 if ((colnr_T)fromcol == wp->w_virtcol) 3677 { 3678 /* highlighting starts at cursor, let it start just after the 3679 * cursor */ 3680 fromcol_prev = fromcol; 3681 fromcol = -1; 3682 } 3683 else if ((colnr_T)fromcol < wp->w_virtcol) 3684 /* restart highlighting after the cursor */ 3685 fromcol_prev = wp->w_virtcol; 3686 } 3687 if (fromcol >= tocol) 3688 fromcol = -1; 3689 } 3690 3691 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 3692 /* 3693 * Handle highlighting the last used search pattern and matches. 3694 * Do this for both search_hl and the match list. 3695 */ 3696 cur = wp->w_match_head; 3697 shl_flag = FALSE; 3698 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 3699 { 3700 if (shl_flag == FALSE) 3701 { 3702 shl = &search_hl; 3703 shl_flag = TRUE; 3704 } 3705 else 3706 shl = &cur->hl; 3707 shl->startcol = MAXCOL; 3708 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 3709 shl->attr_cur = 0; 3710 shl->is_addpos = FALSE; 3711 v = (long)(ptr - line); 3712 if (cur != NULL) 3713 cur->pos.cur = 0; 3714 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v, 3715 shl == &search_hl ? NULL : cur); 3716 3717 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may have made it 3718 * invalid. */ 3719 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3720 ptr = line + v; 3721 3722 if (shl->lnum != 0 && shl->lnum <= lnum) 3723 { 3724 if (shl->lnum == lnum) 3725 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 3726 else 3727 shl->startcol = 0; 3728 if (lnum == shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum 3729 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum) 3730 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 3731 else 3732 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 3733 /* Highlight one character for an empty match. */ 3734 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) 3735 { 3736 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3737 if (has_mbyte && line[shl->endcol] != NUL) 3738 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + shl->endcol); 3739 else 3740 #endif 3741 ++shl->endcol; 3742 } 3743 if ((long)shl->startcol < v) /* match at leftcol */ 3744 { 3745 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; 3746 search_attr = shl->attr; 3747 } 3748 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3749 } 3750 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 3751 cur = cur->next; 3752 } 3753 #endif 3754 3755 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3756 /* Cursor line highlighting for 'cursorline' in the current window. Not 3757 * when Visual mode is active, because it's not clear what is selected 3758 * then. */ 3759 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 3760 && !(wp == curwin && VIsual_active)) 3761 { 3762 line_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL); 3763 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3764 } 3765 #endif 3766 3767 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 3768 col = 0; 3769 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3770 if (wp->w_p_rl) 3771 { 3772 /* Rightleft window: process the text in the normal direction, but put 3773 * it in current_ScreenLine[] from right to left. Start at the 3774 * rightmost column of the window. */ 3775 col = wp->w_width - 1; 3776 off += col; 3777 } 3778 #endif 3779 3780 /* 3781 * Repeat for the whole displayed line. 3782 */ 3783 for (;;) 3784 { 3785 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 3786 has_match_conc = 0; 3787 #endif 3788 /* Skip this quickly when working on the text. */ 3789 if (draw_state != WL_LINE) 3790 { 3791 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 3792 if (draw_state == WL_CMDLINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3793 { 3794 draw_state = WL_CMDLINE; 3795 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 3796 { 3797 /* Draw the cmdline character. */ 3798 n_extra = 1; 3799 c_extra = cmdwin_type; 3800 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 3801 } 3802 } 3803 #endif 3804 3805 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 3806 if (draw_state == WL_FOLD - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3807 { 3808 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); 3809 3810 draw_state = WL_FOLD; 3811 if (fdc > 0) 3812 { 3813 /* Draw the 'foldcolumn'. Allocate a buffer, "extra" may 3814 * already be in use. */ 3815 vim_free(p_extra_free); 3816 p_extra_free = alloc(12 + 1); 3817 3818 if (p_extra_free != NULL) 3819 { 3820 fill_foldcolumn(p_extra_free, wp, FALSE, lnum); 3821 n_extra = fdc; 3822 p_extra_free[n_extra] = NUL; 3823 p_extra = p_extra_free; 3824 c_extra = NUL; 3825 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_FC); 3826 } 3827 } 3828 } 3829 #endif 3830 3831 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3832 if (draw_state == WL_SIGN - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3833 { 3834 draw_state = WL_SIGN; 3835 /* Show the sign column when there are any signs in this 3836 * buffer or when using Netbeans. */ 3837 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 3838 { 3839 int text_sign; 3840 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 3841 int icon_sign; 3842 # endif 3843 3844 /* Draw two cells with the sign value or blank. */ 3845 c_extra = ' '; 3846 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_SC); 3847 n_extra = 2; 3848 3849 if (row == startrow 3850 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3851 + filler_lines && filler_todo <= 0 3852 #endif 3853 ) 3854 { 3855 text_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, 3856 SIGN_TEXT); 3857 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 3858 icon_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, 3859 SIGN_ICON); 3860 if (gui.in_use && icon_sign != 0) 3861 { 3862 /* Use the image in this position. */ 3863 c_extra = SIGN_BYTE; 3864 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 3865 if (buf_signcount(wp->w_buffer, lnum) > 1) 3866 c_extra = MULTISIGN_BYTE; 3867 # endif 3868 char_attr = icon_sign; 3869 } 3870 else 3871 # endif 3872 if (text_sign != 0) 3873 { 3874 p_extra = sign_get_text(text_sign); 3875 if (p_extra != NULL) 3876 { 3877 c_extra = NUL; 3878 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); 3879 } 3880 char_attr = sign_get_attr(text_sign, FALSE); 3881 } 3882 } 3883 } 3884 } 3885 #endif 3886 3887 if (draw_state == WL_NR - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3888 { 3889 draw_state = WL_NR; 3890 /* Display the absolute or relative line number. After the 3891 * first fill with blanks when the 'n' flag isn't in 'cpo' */ 3892 if ((wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) 3893 && (row == startrow 3894 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3895 + filler_lines 3896 #endif 3897 || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL)) 3898 { 3899 /* Draw the line number (empty space after wrapping). */ 3900 if (row == startrow 3901 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3902 + filler_lines 3903 #endif 3904 ) 3905 { 3906 long num; 3907 char *fmt = "%*ld "; 3908 3909 if (wp->w_p_nu && !wp->w_p_rnu) 3910 /* 'number' + 'norelativenumber' */ 3911 num = (long)lnum; 3912 else 3913 { 3914 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ 3915 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); 3916 if (num == 0 && wp->w_p_nu && wp->w_p_rnu) 3917 { 3918 /* 'number' + 'relativenumber' */ 3919 num = lnum; 3920 fmt = "%-*ld "; 3921 } 3922 } 3923 3924 sprintf((char *)extra, fmt, 3925 number_width(wp), num); 3926 if (wp->w_skipcol > 0) 3927 for (p_extra = extra; *p_extra == ' '; ++p_extra) 3928 *p_extra = '-'; 3929 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3930 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse line numbers */ 3931 rl_mirror(extra); 3932 #endif 3933 p_extra = extra; 3934 c_extra = NUL; 3935 } 3936 else 3937 c_extra = ' '; 3938 n_extra = number_width(wp) + 1; 3939 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_N); 3940 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3941 /* When 'cursorline' is set highlight the line number of 3942 * the current line differently. 3943 * TODO: Can we use CursorLine instead of CursorLineNr 3944 * when CursorLineNr isn't set? */ 3945 if ((wp->w_p_cul || wp->w_p_rnu) 3946 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 3947 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_CLN); 3948 #endif 3949 } 3950 } 3951 3952 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3953 if (wp->w_p_brisbr && draw_state == WL_BRI - 1 3954 && n_extra == 0 && *p_sbr != NUL) 3955 /* draw indent after showbreak value */ 3956 draw_state = WL_BRI; 3957 else if (wp->w_p_brisbr && draw_state == WL_SBR && n_extra == 0) 3958 /* After the showbreak, draw the breakindent */ 3959 draw_state = WL_BRI - 1; 3960 3961 /* draw 'breakindent': indent wrapped text accordingly */ 3962 if (draw_state == WL_BRI - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3963 { 3964 draw_state = WL_BRI; 3965 /* if need_showbreak is set, breakindent also applies */ 3966 if (wp->w_p_bri && n_extra == 0 3967 && (row != startrow || need_showbreak) 3968 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3969 && filler_lines == 0 3970 # endif 3971 ) 3972 { 3973 char_attr = 0; 3974 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3975 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) 3976 { 3977 char_attr = HL_ATTR(diff_hlf); 3978 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3979 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 3980 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 3981 HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 3982 # endif 3983 } 3984 # endif 3985 p_extra = NULL; 3986 c_extra = ' '; 3987 n_extra = get_breakindent_win(wp, 3988 ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE)); 3989 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'breakindent', 3990 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ 3991 if (tocol == vcol) 3992 tocol += n_extra; 3993 } 3994 } 3995 #endif 3996 3997 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 3998 if (draw_state == WL_SBR - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3999 { 4000 draw_state = WL_SBR; 4001 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4002 if (filler_todo > 0) 4003 { 4004 /* Draw "deleted" diff line(s). */ 4005 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) 4006 c_extra = '-'; 4007 else 4008 c_extra = fill_diff; 4009 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4010 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4011 n_extra = col + 1; 4012 else 4013 # endif 4014 n_extra = wp->w_width - col; 4015 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_DED); 4016 } 4017 # endif 4018 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4019 if (*p_sbr != NUL && need_showbreak) 4020 { 4021 /* Draw 'showbreak' at the start of each broken line. */ 4022 p_extra = p_sbr; 4023 c_extra = NUL; 4024 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_sbr); 4025 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 4026 need_showbreak = FALSE; 4027 vcol_sbr = vcol + MB_CHARLEN(p_sbr); 4028 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'showbreak', 4029 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ 4030 if (tocol == vcol) 4031 tocol += n_extra; 4032 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4033 /* combine 'showbreak' with 'cursorline' */ 4034 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 4035 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 4036 HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 4037 #endif 4038 } 4039 # endif 4040 } 4041 #endif 4042 4043 if (draw_state == WL_LINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) 4044 { 4045 draw_state = WL_LINE; 4046 if (saved_n_extra) 4047 { 4048 /* Continue item from end of wrapped line. */ 4049 n_extra = saved_n_extra; 4050 c_extra = saved_c_extra; 4051 p_extra = saved_p_extra; 4052 char_attr = saved_char_attr; 4053 } 4054 else 4055 char_attr = 0; 4056 } 4057 } 4058 4059 /* When still displaying '$' of change command, stop at cursor */ 4060 if (dollar_vcol >= 0 && wp == curwin 4061 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && vcol >= (long)wp->w_virtcol 4062 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4063 && filler_todo <= 0 4064 #endif 4065 ) 4066 { 4067 screen_line(screen_row, wp->w_wincol, col, -(int)wp->w_width, 4068 HAS_RIGHTLEFT(wp->w_p_rl)); 4069 /* Pretend we have finished updating the window. Except when 4070 * 'cursorcolumn' is set. */ 4071 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4072 if (wp->w_p_cuc) 4073 row = wp->w_cline_row + wp->w_cline_height; 4074 else 4075 #endif 4076 row = wp->w_height; 4077 break; 4078 } 4079 4080 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && area_highlighting) 4081 { 4082 /* handle Visual or match highlighting in this line */ 4083 if (vcol == fromcol 4084 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4085 || (has_mbyte && vcol + 1 == fromcol && n_extra == 0 4086 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) > 1) 4087 #endif 4088 || ((int)vcol_prev == fromcol_prev 4089 && vcol_prev < vcol /* not at margin */ 4090 && vcol < tocol)) 4091 area_attr = attr; /* start highlighting */ 4092 else if (area_attr != 0 4093 && (vcol == tocol 4094 || (noinvcur && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) 4095 area_attr = 0; /* stop highlighting */ 4096 4097 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 4098 if (!n_extra) 4099 { 4100 /* 4101 * Check for start/end of search pattern match. 4102 * After end, check for start/end of next match. 4103 * When another match, have to check for start again. 4104 * Watch out for matching an empty string! 4105 * Do this for 'search_hl' and the match list (ordered by 4106 * priority). 4107 */ 4108 v = (long)(ptr - line); 4109 cur = wp->w_match_head; 4110 shl_flag = FALSE; 4111 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 4112 { 4113 if (shl_flag == FALSE 4114 && ((cur != NULL 4115 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) 4116 || cur == NULL)) 4117 { 4118 shl = &search_hl; 4119 shl_flag = TRUE; 4120 } 4121 else 4122 shl = &cur->hl; 4123 if (cur != NULL) 4124 cur->pos.cur = 0; 4125 pos_inprogress = TRUE; 4126 while (shl->rm.regprog != NULL 4127 || (cur != NULL && pos_inprogress)) 4128 { 4129 if (shl->startcol != MAXCOL 4130 && v >= (long)shl->startcol 4131 && v < (long)shl->endcol) 4132 { 4133 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4134 int tmp_col = v + MB_PTR2LEN(ptr); 4135 4136 if (shl->endcol < tmp_col) 4137 shl->endcol = tmp_col; 4138 #endif 4139 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; 4140 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4141 if (cur != NULL && syn_name2id((char_u *)"Conceal") 4142 == cur->hlg_id) 4143 { 4144 has_match_conc = 4145 v == (long)shl->startcol ? 2 : 1; 4146 match_conc = cur->conceal_char; 4147 } 4148 else 4149 has_match_conc = match_conc = 0; 4150 #endif 4151 } 4152 else if (v == (long)shl->endcol) 4153 { 4154 shl->attr_cur = 0; 4155 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v, 4156 shl == &search_hl ? NULL : cur); 4157 pos_inprogress = cur == NULL || cur->pos.cur == 0 4158 ? FALSE : TRUE; 4159 4160 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp 4161 * may have made it invalid. */ 4162 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 4163 ptr = line + v; 4164 4165 if (shl->lnum == lnum) 4166 { 4167 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 4168 if (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0) 4169 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 4170 else 4171 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 4172 4173 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) 4174 { 4175 /* highlight empty match, try again after 4176 * it */ 4177 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4178 if (has_mbyte) 4179 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line 4180 + shl->endcol); 4181 else 4182 #endif 4183 ++shl->endcol; 4184 } 4185 4186 /* Loop to check if the match starts at the 4187 * current position */ 4188 continue; 4189 } 4190 } 4191 break; 4192 } 4193 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 4194 cur = cur->next; 4195 } 4196 4197 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among 4198 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ 4199 search_attr = search_hl.attr_cur; 4200 cur = wp->w_match_head; 4201 shl_flag = FALSE; 4202 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 4203 { 4204 if (shl_flag == FALSE 4205 && ((cur != NULL 4206 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) 4207 || cur == NULL)) 4208 { 4209 shl = &search_hl; 4210 shl_flag = TRUE; 4211 } 4212 else 4213 shl = &cur->hl; 4214 if (shl->attr_cur != 0) 4215 search_attr = shl->attr_cur; 4216 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 4217 cur = cur->next; 4218 } 4219 /* Only highlight one character after the last column. */ 4220 if (*ptr == NUL && (did_line_attr >= 1 4221 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol_one == -1))) 4222 search_attr = 0; 4223 } 4224 #endif 4225 4226 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4227 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) 4228 { 4229 if (diff_hlf == HLF_CHD && ptr - line >= change_start 4230 && n_extra == 0) 4231 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ 4232 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD && ptr - line > change_end 4233 && n_extra == 0) 4234 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ 4235 line_attr = HL_ATTR(diff_hlf); 4236 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 4237 line_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 4238 } 4239 #endif 4240 4241 /* Decide which of the highlight attributes to use. */ 4242 attr_pri = TRUE; 4243 #ifdef LINE_ATTR 4244 if (area_attr != 0) 4245 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, area_attr); 4246 else if (search_attr != 0) 4247 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, search_attr); 4248 /* Use line_attr when not in the Visual or 'incsearch' area 4249 * (area_attr may be 0 when "noinvcur" is set). */ 4250 else if (line_attr != 0 && ((fromcol == -10 && tocol == MAXCOL) 4251 || vcol < fromcol || vcol_prev < fromcol_prev 4252 || vcol >= tocol)) 4253 char_attr = line_attr; 4254 #else 4255 if (area_attr != 0) 4256 char_attr = area_attr; 4257 else if (search_attr != 0) 4258 char_attr = search_attr; 4259 #endif 4260 else 4261 { 4262 attr_pri = FALSE; 4263 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4264 if (has_syntax) 4265 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4266 else 4267 #endif 4268 char_attr = 0; 4269 } 4270 } 4271 4272 /* 4273 * Get the next character to put on the screen. 4274 */ 4275 /* 4276 * The "p_extra" points to the extra stuff that is inserted to 4277 * represent special characters (non-printable stuff) and other 4278 * things. When all characters are the same, c_extra is used. 4279 * "p_extra" must end in a NUL to avoid mb_ptr2len() reads past 4280 * "p_extra[n_extra]". 4281 * For the '$' of the 'list' option, n_extra == 1, p_extra == "". 4282 */ 4283 if (n_extra > 0) 4284 { 4285 if (c_extra != NUL) 4286 { 4287 c = c_extra; 4288 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4289 mb_c = c; /* doesn't handle non-utf-8 multi-byte! */ 4290 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 4291 { 4292 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4293 u8cc[0] = 0; 4294 c = 0xc0; 4295 } 4296 else 4297 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4298 #endif 4299 } 4300 else 4301 { 4302 c = *p_extra; 4303 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4304 if (has_mbyte) 4305 { 4306 mb_c = c; 4307 if (enc_utf8) 4308 { 4309 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: 4310 * Decode it into "mb_c". */ 4311 mb_l = utfc_ptr2len(p_extra); 4312 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4313 if (mb_l > n_extra) 4314 mb_l = 1; 4315 else if (mb_l > 1) 4316 { 4317 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(p_extra, u8cc); 4318 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4319 c = 0xc0; 4320 } 4321 } 4322 else 4323 { 4324 /* if this is a DBCS character, put it in "mb_c" */ 4325 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); 4326 if (mb_l >= n_extra) 4327 mb_l = 1; 4328 else if (mb_l > 1) 4329 mb_c = (c << 8) + p_extra[1]; 4330 } 4331 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 4332 mb_l = 1; 4333 4334 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the 4335 * last column. */ 4336 if (( 4337 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4338 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : 4339 # endif 4340 (col >= wp->w_width - 1)) 4341 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) 4342 { 4343 c = '>'; 4344 mb_c = c; 4345 mb_l = 1; 4346 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4347 multi_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 4348 /* put the pointer back to output the double-width 4349 * character at the start of the next line. */ 4350 ++n_extra; 4351 --p_extra; 4352 } 4353 else 4354 { 4355 n_extra -= mb_l - 1; 4356 p_extra += mb_l - 1; 4357 } 4358 } 4359 #endif 4360 ++p_extra; 4361 } 4362 --n_extra; 4363 } 4364 else 4365 { 4366 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4367 int c0; 4368 #endif 4369 4370 if (p_extra_free != NULL) 4371 VIM_CLEAR(p_extra_free); 4372 /* 4373 * Get a character from the line itself. 4374 */ 4375 c = *ptr; 4376 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4377 c0 = *ptr; 4378 #endif 4379 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4380 if (has_mbyte) 4381 { 4382 mb_c = c; 4383 if (enc_utf8) 4384 { 4385 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: Decode it 4386 * into "mb_c". */ 4387 mb_l = utfc_ptr2len(ptr); 4388 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4389 if (mb_l > 1) 4390 { 4391 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); 4392 /* Overlong encoded ASCII or ASCII with composing char 4393 * is displayed normally, except a NUL. */ 4394 if (mb_c < 0x80) 4395 { 4396 c = mb_c; 4397 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4398 c0 = mb_c; 4399 # endif 4400 } 4401 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4402 4403 /* At start of the line we can have a composing char. 4404 * Draw it as a space with a composing char. */ 4405 if (utf_iscomposing(mb_c)) 4406 { 4407 int i; 4408 4409 for (i = Screen_mco - 1; i > 0; --i) 4410 u8cc[i] = u8cc[i - 1]; 4411 u8cc[0] = mb_c; 4412 mb_c = ' '; 4413 } 4414 } 4415 4416 if ((mb_l == 1 && c >= 0x80) 4417 || (mb_l >= 1 && mb_c == 0) 4418 || (mb_l > 1 && (!vim_isprintc(mb_c) 4419 # ifdef UNICODE16 4420 || mb_c >= 0x10000 4421 # endif 4422 ))) 4423 { 4424 /* 4425 * Illegal UTF-8 byte: display as <xx>. 4426 * Non-BMP character : display as ? or fullwidth ?. 4427 */ 4428 # ifdef UNICODE16 4429 if (mb_c < 0x10000) 4430 # endif 4431 { 4432 transchar_hex(extra, mb_c); 4433 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4434 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse */ 4435 rl_mirror(extra); 4436 # endif 4437 } 4438 # ifdef UNICODE16 4439 else if (utf_char2cells(mb_c) != 2) 4440 STRCPY(extra, "?"); 4441 else 4442 /* 0xff1f in UTF-8: full-width '?' */ 4443 STRCPY(extra, "\357\274\237"); 4444 # endif 4445 4446 p_extra = extra; 4447 c = *p_extra; 4448 mb_c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p_extra); 4449 mb_utf8 = (c >= 0x80); 4450 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); 4451 c_extra = NUL; 4452 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4453 { 4454 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4455 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4456 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4457 } 4458 } 4459 else if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 4460 mb_l = 1; 4461 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 4462 else if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(mb_c)) 4463 { 4464 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 4465 int pc, pc1, nc; 4466 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 4467 4468 /* The idea of what is the previous and next 4469 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ 4470 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4471 { 4472 pc = prev_c; 4473 pc1 = prev_c1; 4474 nc = utf_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l); 4475 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; 4476 } 4477 else 4478 { 4479 pc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l, pcc); 4480 nc = prev_c; 4481 pc1 = pcc[0]; 4482 } 4483 prev_c = mb_c; 4484 4485 mb_c = arabic_shape(mb_c, &c, &u8cc[0], pc, pc1, nc); 4486 } 4487 else 4488 prev_c = mb_c; 4489 #endif 4490 } 4491 else /* enc_dbcs */ 4492 { 4493 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); 4494 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 4495 mb_l = 1; 4496 else if (mb_l > 1) 4497 { 4498 /* We assume a second byte below 32 is illegal. 4499 * Hopefully this is OK for all double-byte encodings! 4500 */ 4501 if (ptr[1] >= 32) 4502 mb_c = (c << 8) + ptr[1]; 4503 else 4504 { 4505 if (ptr[1] == NUL) 4506 { 4507 /* head byte at end of line */ 4508 mb_l = 1; 4509 transchar_nonprint(extra, c); 4510 } 4511 else 4512 { 4513 /* illegal tail byte */ 4514 mb_l = 2; 4515 STRCPY(extra, "XX"); 4516 } 4517 p_extra = extra; 4518 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(extra) - 1; 4519 c_extra = NUL; 4520 c = *p_extra++; 4521 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4522 { 4523 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4524 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4525 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4526 } 4527 mb_c = c; 4528 } 4529 } 4530 } 4531 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the 4532 * last column; the character is displayed at the start of the 4533 * next line. */ 4534 if (( 4535 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4536 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : 4537 # endif 4538 (col >= wp->w_width - 1)) 4539 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) 4540 { 4541 c = '>'; 4542 mb_c = c; 4543 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4544 mb_l = 1; 4545 multi_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 4546 /* Put pointer back so that the character will be 4547 * displayed at the start of the next line. */ 4548 --ptr; 4549 } 4550 else if (*ptr != NUL) 4551 ptr += mb_l - 1; 4552 4553 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit at the left side display 4554 * a '<' in the first column. Don't do this for unprintable 4555 * characters. */ 4556 if (n_skip > 0 && mb_l > 1 && n_extra == 0) 4557 { 4558 n_extra = 1; 4559 c_extra = MB_FILLER_CHAR; 4560 c = ' '; 4561 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4562 { 4563 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4564 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 4565 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4566 } 4567 mb_c = c; 4568 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4569 mb_l = 1; 4570 } 4571 4572 } 4573 #endif 4574 ++ptr; 4575 4576 if (extra_check) 4577 { 4578 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4579 int can_spell = TRUE; 4580 #endif 4581 4582 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 4583 if (get_term_attr) 4584 { 4585 syntax_attr = term_get_attr(wp->w_buffer, lnum, vcol); 4586 4587 if (!attr_pri) 4588 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4589 else 4590 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr); 4591 } 4592 #endif 4593 4594 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4595 /* Get syntax attribute, unless still at the start of the line 4596 * (double-wide char that doesn't fit). */ 4597 v = (long)(ptr - line); 4598 if (has_syntax && v > 0) 4599 { 4600 /* Get the syntax attribute for the character. If there 4601 * is an error, disable syntax highlighting. */ 4602 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 4603 did_emsg = FALSE; 4604 4605 syntax_attr = get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)v - 1, 4606 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4607 has_spell ? &can_spell : 4608 # endif 4609 NULL, FALSE); 4610 4611 if (did_emsg) 4612 { 4613 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; 4614 has_syntax = FALSE; 4615 } 4616 else 4617 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 4618 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 4619 if (wp->w_s->b_syn_slow) 4620 has_syntax = FALSE; 4621 #endif 4622 4623 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may 4624 * have made it invalid. */ 4625 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 4626 ptr = line + v; 4627 4628 if (!attr_pri) 4629 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4630 else 4631 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr); 4632 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4633 /* no concealing past the end of the line, it interferes 4634 * with line highlighting */ 4635 if (c == NUL) 4636 syntax_flags = 0; 4637 else 4638 syntax_flags = get_syntax_info(&syntax_seqnr); 4639 # endif 4640 } 4641 #endif 4642 4643 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4644 /* Check spelling (unless at the end of the line). 4645 * Only do this when there is no syntax highlighting, the 4646 * @Spell cluster is not used or the current syntax item 4647 * contains the @Spell cluster. */ 4648 if (has_spell && v >= word_end && v > cur_checked_col) 4649 { 4650 spell_attr = 0; 4651 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4652 if (!attr_pri) 4653 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4654 # endif 4655 if (c != 0 && ( 4656 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4657 !has_syntax || 4658 # endif 4659 can_spell)) 4660 { 4661 char_u *prev_ptr, *p; 4662 int len; 4663 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 4664 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4665 if (has_mbyte) 4666 { 4667 prev_ptr = ptr - mb_l; 4668 v -= mb_l - 1; 4669 } 4670 else 4671 # endif 4672 prev_ptr = ptr - 1; 4673 4674 /* Use nextline[] if possible, it has the start of the 4675 * next line concatenated. */ 4676 if ((prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol >= 0) 4677 p = nextline + (prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol; 4678 else 4679 p = prev_ptr; 4680 cap_col -= (int)(prev_ptr - line); 4681 len = spell_check(wp, p, &spell_hlf, &cap_col, 4682 nochange); 4683 word_end = v + len; 4684 4685 /* In Insert mode only highlight a word that 4686 * doesn't touch the cursor. */ 4687 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT 4688 && (State & INSERT) != 0 4689 && wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum 4690 && wp->w_cursor.col >= 4691 (colnr_T)(prev_ptr - line) 4692 && wp->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)word_end) 4693 { 4694 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 4695 spell_redraw_lnum = lnum; 4696 } 4697 4698 if (spell_hlf == HLF_COUNT && p != prev_ptr 4699 && (p - nextline) + len > nextline_idx) 4700 { 4701 /* Remember that the good word continues at the 4702 * start of the next line. */ 4703 checked_lnum = lnum + 1; 4704 checked_col = (int)((p - nextline) + len - nextline_idx); 4705 } 4706 4707 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ 4708 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) 4709 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; 4710 4711 if (cap_col > 0) 4712 { 4713 if (p != prev_ptr 4714 && (p - nextline) + cap_col >= nextline_idx) 4715 { 4716 /* Remember that the word in the next line 4717 * must start with a capital. */ 4718 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; 4719 cap_col = (int)((p - nextline) + cap_col 4720 - nextline_idx); 4721 } 4722 else 4723 /* Compute the actual column. */ 4724 cap_col += (int)(prev_ptr - line); 4725 } 4726 } 4727 } 4728 if (spell_attr != 0) 4729 { 4730 if (!attr_pri) 4731 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr); 4732 else 4733 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(spell_attr, char_attr); 4734 } 4735 #endif 4736 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4737 /* 4738 * Found last space before word: check for line break. 4739 */ 4740 if (wp->w_p_lbr && c0 == c 4741 && VIM_ISBREAK(c) && !VIM_ISBREAK((int)*ptr)) 4742 { 4743 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4744 int mb_off = has_mbyte ? (*mb_head_off)(line, ptr - 1) : 0; 4745 # endif 4746 char_u *p = ptr - ( 4747 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4748 mb_off + 4749 # endif 4750 1); 4751 4752 /* TODO: is passing p for start of the line OK? */ 4753 n_extra = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, p, (colnr_T)vcol, 4754 NULL) - 1; 4755 if (c == TAB && n_extra + col > wp->w_width) 4756 # ifdef FEAT_VARTABS 4757 n_extra = tabstop_padding(vcol, wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts, 4758 wp->w_buffer->b_p_vts_array) - 1; 4759 # else 4760 n_extra = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts 4761 - vcol % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; 4762 # endif 4763 4764 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4765 c_extra = mb_off > 0 ? MB_FILLER_CHAR : ' '; 4766 # else 4767 c_extra = ' '; 4768 # endif 4769 if (VIM_ISWHITE(c)) 4770 { 4771 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4772 if (c == TAB) 4773 /* See "Tab alignment" below. */ 4774 FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS; 4775 #endif 4776 if (!wp->w_p_list) 4777 c = ' '; 4778 } 4779 } 4780 #endif 4781 4782 /* 'list': change char 160 to lcs_nbsp and space to lcs_space. 4783 */ 4784 if (wp->w_p_list 4785 && (((c == 160 4786 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4787 || (mb_utf8 && (mb_c == 160 || mb_c == 0x202f)) 4788 #endif 4789 ) && lcs_nbsp) 4790 || (c == ' ' && lcs_space && ptr - line <= trailcol))) 4791 { 4792 c = (c == ' ') ? lcs_space : lcs_nbsp; 4793 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4794 { 4795 n_attr = 1; 4796 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4797 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4798 } 4799 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4800 mb_c = c; 4801 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 4802 { 4803 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4804 u8cc[0] = 0; 4805 c = 0xc0; 4806 } 4807 else 4808 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4809 #endif 4810 } 4811 4812 if (trailcol != MAXCOL && ptr > line + trailcol && c == ' ') 4813 { 4814 c = lcs_trail; 4815 if (!attr_pri) 4816 { 4817 n_attr = 1; 4818 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4819 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4820 } 4821 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4822 mb_c = c; 4823 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 4824 { 4825 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4826 u8cc[0] = 0; 4827 c = 0xc0; 4828 } 4829 else 4830 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4831 #endif 4832 } 4833 } 4834 4835 /* 4836 * Handling of non-printable characters. 4837 */ 4838 if (!vim_isprintc(c)) 4839 { 4840 /* 4841 * when getting a character from the file, we may have to 4842 * turn it into something else on the way to putting it 4843 * into "ScreenLines". 4844 */ 4845 if (c == TAB && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1)) 4846 { 4847 int tab_len = 0; 4848 long vcol_adjusted = vcol; /* removed showbreak length */ 4849 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4850 /* only adjust the tab_len, when at the first column 4851 * after the showbreak value was drawn */ 4852 if (*p_sbr != NUL && vcol == vcol_sbr && wp->w_p_wrap) 4853 vcol_adjusted = vcol - MB_CHARLEN(p_sbr); 4854 #endif 4855 /* tab amount depends on current column */ 4856 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS 4857 tab_len = tabstop_padding(vcol_adjusted, 4858 wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts, 4859 wp->w_buffer->b_p_vts_array) - 1; 4860 #else 4861 tab_len = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts 4862 - vcol_adjusted % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; 4863 #endif 4864 4865 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4866 if (!wp->w_p_lbr || !wp->w_p_list) 4867 #endif 4868 /* tab amount depends on current column */ 4869 n_extra = tab_len; 4870 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4871 else 4872 { 4873 char_u *p; 4874 int len = n_extra; 4875 int i; 4876 int saved_nextra = n_extra; 4877 4878 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4879 if (vcol_off > 0) 4880 /* there are characters to conceal */ 4881 tab_len += vcol_off; 4882 /* boguscols before FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS macro from above 4883 */ 4884 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 && old_boguscols > 0 4885 && n_extra > tab_len) 4886 tab_len += n_extra - tab_len; 4887 #endif 4888 4889 /* if n_extra > 0, it gives the number of chars, to 4890 * use for a tab, else we need to calculate the width 4891 * for a tab */ 4892 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4893 len = (tab_len * mb_char2len(lcs_tab2)); 4894 if (n_extra > 0) 4895 len += n_extra - tab_len; 4896 #endif 4897 c = lcs_tab1; 4898 p = alloc((unsigned)(len + 1)); 4899 vim_memset(p, ' ', len); 4900 p[len] = NUL; 4901 vim_free(p_extra_free); 4902 p_extra_free = p; 4903 for (i = 0; i < tab_len; i++) 4904 { 4905 if (*p == NUL) 4906 { 4907 tab_len = i; 4908 break; 4909 } 4910 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4911 mb_char2bytes(lcs_tab2, p); 4912 p += mb_char2len(lcs_tab2); 4913 n_extra += mb_char2len(lcs_tab2) 4914 - (saved_nextra > 0 ? 1 : 0); 4915 #else 4916 p[i] = lcs_tab2; 4917 #endif 4918 } 4919 p_extra = p_extra_free; 4920 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4921 /* n_extra will be increased by FIX_FOX_BOGUSCOLS 4922 * macro below, so need to adjust for that here */ 4923 if (vcol_off > 0) 4924 n_extra -= vcol_off; 4925 #endif 4926 } 4927 #endif 4928 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4929 { 4930 int vc_saved = vcol_off; 4931 4932 /* Tab alignment should be identical regardless of 4933 * 'conceallevel' value. So tab compensates of all 4934 * previous concealed characters, and thus resets 4935 * vcol_off and boguscols accumulated so far in the 4936 * line. Note that the tab can be longer than 4937 * 'tabstop' when there are concealed characters. */ 4938 FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS; 4939 4940 /* Make sure, the highlighting for the tab char will be 4941 * correctly set further below (effectively reverts the 4942 * FIX_FOR_BOGSUCOLS macro */ 4943 if (n_extra == tab_len + vc_saved && wp->w_p_list 4944 && lcs_tab1) 4945 tab_len += vc_saved; 4946 } 4947 #endif 4948 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4949 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 4950 #endif 4951 if (wp->w_p_list) 4952 { 4953 c = lcs_tab1; 4954 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4955 if (wp->w_p_lbr) 4956 c_extra = NUL; /* using p_extra from above */ 4957 else 4958 #endif 4959 c_extra = lcs_tab2; 4960 n_attr = tab_len + 1; 4961 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4962 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4963 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4964 mb_c = c; 4965 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 4966 { 4967 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4968 u8cc[0] = 0; 4969 c = 0xc0; 4970 } 4971 #endif 4972 } 4973 else 4974 { 4975 c_extra = ' '; 4976 c = ' '; 4977 } 4978 } 4979 else if (c == NUL 4980 && (wp->w_p_list 4981 || ((fromcol >= 0 || fromcol_prev >= 0) 4982 && tocol > vcol 4983 && VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V 4984 && ( 4985 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4986 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 4987 # endif 4988 (col < wp->w_width)) 4989 && !(noinvcur 4990 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 4991 && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) 4992 && lcs_eol_one > 0) 4993 { 4994 /* Display a '$' after the line or highlight an extra 4995 * character if the line break is included. */ 4996 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR) 4997 /* For a diff line the highlighting continues after the 4998 * "$". */ 4999 if ( 5000 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5001 diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0 5002 # ifdef LINE_ATTR 5003 && 5004 # endif 5005 # endif 5006 # ifdef LINE_ATTR 5007 line_attr == 0 5008 # endif 5009 ) 5010 #endif 5011 { 5012 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 5013 /* In virtualedit, visual selections may extend 5014 * beyond end of line. */ 5015 if (area_highlighting && virtual_active() 5016 && tocol != MAXCOL && vcol < tocol) 5017 n_extra = 0; 5018 else 5019 #endif 5020 { 5021 p_extra = at_end_str; 5022 n_extra = 1; 5023 c_extra = NUL; 5024 } 5025 } 5026 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0) 5027 c = lcs_eol; 5028 else 5029 c = ' '; 5030 lcs_eol_one = -1; 5031 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 5032 if (!attr_pri) 5033 { 5034 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 5035 n_attr = 1; 5036 } 5037 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5038 mb_c = c; 5039 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 5040 { 5041 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5042 u8cc[0] = 0; 5043 c = 0xc0; 5044 } 5045 else 5046 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 5047 #endif 5048 } 5049 else if (c != NUL) 5050 { 5051 p_extra = transchar(c); 5052 if (n_extra == 0) 5053 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; 5054 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5055 if ((dy_flags & DY_UHEX) && wp->w_p_rl) 5056 rl_mirror(p_extra); /* reverse "<12>" */ 5057 #endif 5058 c_extra = NUL; 5059 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 5060 if (wp->w_p_lbr) 5061 { 5062 char_u *p; 5063 5064 c = *p_extra; 5065 p = alloc((unsigned)n_extra + 1); 5066 vim_memset(p, ' ', n_extra); 5067 STRNCPY(p, p_extra + 1, STRLEN(p_extra) - 1); 5068 p[n_extra] = NUL; 5069 vim_free(p_extra_free); 5070 p_extra_free = p_extra = p; 5071 } 5072 else 5073 #endif 5074 { 5075 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; 5076 c = *p_extra++; 5077 } 5078 if (!attr_pri) 5079 { 5080 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 5081 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 5082 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 5083 } 5084 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5085 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 5086 #endif 5087 } 5088 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 5089 else if (VIsual_active 5090 && (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V 5091 || VIsual_mode == 'v') 5092 && virtual_active() 5093 && tocol != MAXCOL 5094 && vcol < tocol 5095 && ( 5096 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5097 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 5098 # endif 5099 (col < wp->w_width))) 5100 { 5101 c = ' '; 5102 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 5103 } 5104 #endif 5105 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 5106 else if (( 5107 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5108 diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0 || 5109 # endif 5110 # ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 5111 term_attr != 0 || 5112 # endif 5113 line_attr != 0 5114 ) && ( 5115 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5116 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 5117 # endif 5118 (col 5119 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5120 - boguscols 5121 # endif 5122 < wp->w_width))) 5123 { 5124 /* Highlight until the right side of the window */ 5125 c = ' '; 5126 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 5127 5128 /* Remember we do the char for line highlighting. */ 5129 ++did_line_attr; 5130 5131 /* don't do search HL for the rest of the line */ 5132 if (line_attr != 0 && char_attr == search_attr 5133 && (did_line_attr > 1 5134 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0))) 5135 char_attr = line_attr; 5136 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5137 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD) 5138 { 5139 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; 5140 if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr) 5141 { 5142 char_attr = HL_ATTR(diff_hlf); 5143 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5144 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 5145 HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 5146 } 5147 } 5148 # endif 5149 # ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 5150 if (term_attr != 0) 5151 { 5152 char_attr = term_attr; 5153 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5154 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 5155 HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 5156 } 5157 # endif 5158 } 5159 #endif 5160 } 5161 5162 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5163 if ( wp->w_p_cole > 0 5164 && (wp != curwin || lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum || 5165 conceal_cursor_line(wp) ) 5166 && ( (syntax_flags & HL_CONCEAL) != 0 || has_match_conc > 0) 5167 && !(lnum_in_visual_area 5168 && vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, 'v') == NULL)) 5169 { 5170 char_attr = conceal_attr; 5171 if ((prev_syntax_id != syntax_seqnr || has_match_conc > 1) 5172 && (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL || match_conc 5173 || wp->w_p_cole == 1) 5174 && wp->w_p_cole != 3) 5175 { 5176 /* First time at this concealed item: display one 5177 * character. */ 5178 if (match_conc) 5179 c = match_conc; 5180 else if (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL) 5181 c = syn_get_sub_char(); 5182 else if (lcs_conceal != NUL) 5183 c = lcs_conceal; 5184 else 5185 c = ' '; 5186 5187 prev_syntax_id = syntax_seqnr; 5188 5189 if (n_extra > 0) 5190 vcol_off += n_extra; 5191 vcol += n_extra; 5192 if (wp->w_p_wrap && n_extra > 0) 5193 { 5194 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5195 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5196 { 5197 col -= n_extra; 5198 boguscols -= n_extra; 5199 } 5200 else 5201 # endif 5202 { 5203 boguscols += n_extra; 5204 col += n_extra; 5205 } 5206 } 5207 n_extra = 0; 5208 n_attr = 0; 5209 } 5210 else if (n_skip == 0) 5211 { 5212 is_concealing = TRUE; 5213 n_skip = 1; 5214 } 5215 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5216 mb_c = c; 5217 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 5218 { 5219 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5220 u8cc[0] = 0; 5221 c = 0xc0; 5222 } 5223 else 5224 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 5225 # endif 5226 } 5227 else 5228 { 5229 prev_syntax_id = 0; 5230 is_concealing = FALSE; 5231 } 5232 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ 5233 } 5234 5235 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5236 /* In the cursor line and we may be concealing characters: correct 5237 * the cursor column when we reach its position. */ 5238 if (!did_wcol && draw_state == WL_LINE 5239 && wp == curwin && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 5240 && conceal_cursor_line(wp) 5241 && (int)wp->w_virtcol <= vcol + n_skip) 5242 { 5243 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5244 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5245 wp->w_wcol = wp->w_width - col + boguscols - 1; 5246 else 5247 # endif 5248 wp->w_wcol = col - boguscols; 5249 wp->w_wrow = row; 5250 did_wcol = TRUE; 5251 } 5252 #endif 5253 5254 /* Don't override visual selection highlighting. */ 5255 if (n_attr > 0 5256 && draw_state == WL_LINE 5257 && !attr_pri) 5258 char_attr = extra_attr; 5259 5260 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) 5261 /* XIM don't send preedit_start and preedit_end, but they send 5262 * preedit_changed and commit. Thus Vim can't set "im_is_active", use 5263 * im_is_preediting() here. */ 5264 if (p_imst == IM_ON_THE_SPOT 5265 && xic != NULL 5266 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 5267 && (State & INSERT) 5268 && !p_imdisable 5269 && im_is_preediting() 5270 && draw_state == WL_LINE) 5271 { 5272 colnr_T tcol; 5273 5274 if (preedit_end_col == MAXCOL) 5275 getvcol(curwin, &(wp->w_cursor), &tcol, NULL, NULL); 5276 else 5277 tcol = preedit_end_col; 5278 if ((long)preedit_start_col <= vcol && vcol < (long)tcol) 5279 { 5280 if (feedback_old_attr < 0) 5281 { 5282 feedback_col = 0; 5283 feedback_old_attr = char_attr; 5284 } 5285 char_attr = im_get_feedback_attr(feedback_col); 5286 if (char_attr < 0) 5287 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; 5288 feedback_col++; 5289 } 5290 else if (feedback_old_attr >= 0) 5291 { 5292 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; 5293 feedback_old_attr = -1; 5294 feedback_col = 0; 5295 } 5296 } 5297 #endif 5298 /* 5299 * Handle the case where we are in column 0 but not on the first 5300 * character of the line and the user wants us to show us a 5301 * special character (via 'listchars' option "precedes:<char>". 5302 */ 5303 if (lcs_prec_todo != NUL 5304 && wp->w_p_list 5305 && (wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol > 0 : wp->w_leftcol > 0) 5306 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5307 && filler_todo <= 0 5308 #endif 5309 && draw_state > WL_NR 5310 && c != NUL) 5311 { 5312 c = lcs_prec; 5313 lcs_prec_todo = NUL; 5314 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5315 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5316 { 5317 /* Double-width character being overwritten by the "precedes" 5318 * character, need to fill up half the character. */ 5319 c_extra = MB_FILLER_CHAR; 5320 n_extra = 1; 5321 n_attr = 2; 5322 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 5323 } 5324 mb_c = c; 5325 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 5326 { 5327 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5328 u8cc[0] = 0; 5329 c = 0xc0; 5330 } 5331 else 5332 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 5333 #endif 5334 if (!attr_pri) 5335 { 5336 saved_attr3 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 5337 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); /* later copied to char_attr */ 5338 n_attr3 = 1; 5339 } 5340 } 5341 5342 /* 5343 * At end of the text line or just after the last character. 5344 */ 5345 if (c == NUL 5346 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 5347 || did_line_attr == 1 5348 #endif 5349 ) 5350 { 5351 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5352 long prevcol = (long)(ptr - line) - (c == NUL); 5353 5354 /* we're not really at that column when skipping some text */ 5355 if ((long)(wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol : wp->w_leftcol) > prevcol) 5356 ++prevcol; 5357 #endif 5358 5359 /* Invert at least one char, used for Visual and empty line or 5360 * highlight match at end of line. If it's beyond the last 5361 * char on the screen, just overwrite that one (tricky!) Not 5362 * needed when a '$' was displayed for 'list'. */ 5363 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5364 prevcol_hl_flag = FALSE; 5365 if (!search_hl.is_addpos && prevcol == (long)search_hl.startcol) 5366 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; 5367 else 5368 { 5369 cur = wp->w_match_head; 5370 while (cur != NULL) 5371 { 5372 if (!cur->hl.is_addpos && prevcol == (long)cur->hl.startcol) 5373 { 5374 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; 5375 break; 5376 } 5377 cur = cur->next; 5378 } 5379 } 5380 #endif 5381 if (lcs_eol == lcs_eol_one 5382 && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol 5383 && (VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V 5384 || lnum == VIsual.lnum 5385 || lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 5386 && c == NUL) 5387 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5388 /* highlight 'hlsearch' match at end of line */ 5389 || (prevcol_hl_flag == TRUE 5390 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5391 && !(wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 5392 && !(wp == curwin && VIsual_active)) 5393 # endif 5394 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5395 && diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0 5396 # endif 5397 # if defined(LINE_ATTR) 5398 && did_line_attr <= 1 5399 # endif 5400 ) 5401 #endif 5402 )) 5403 { 5404 int n = 0; 5405 5406 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5407 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5408 { 5409 if (col < 0) 5410 n = 1; 5411 } 5412 else 5413 #endif 5414 { 5415 if (col >= wp->w_width) 5416 n = -1; 5417 } 5418 if (n != 0) 5419 { 5420 /* At the window boundary, highlight the last character 5421 * instead (better than nothing). */ 5422 off += n; 5423 col += n; 5424 } 5425 else 5426 { 5427 /* Add a blank character to highlight. */ 5428 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 5429 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5430 if (enc_utf8) 5431 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5432 #endif 5433 } 5434 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5435 if (area_attr == 0) 5436 { 5437 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among 5438 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ 5439 char_attr = search_hl.attr; 5440 cur = wp->w_match_head; 5441 shl_flag = FALSE; 5442 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 5443 { 5444 if (shl_flag == FALSE 5445 && ((cur != NULL 5446 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) 5447 || cur == NULL)) 5448 { 5449 shl = &search_hl; 5450 shl_flag = TRUE; 5451 } 5452 else 5453 shl = &cur->hl; 5454 if ((ptr - line) - 1 == (long)shl->startcol 5455 && (shl == &search_hl || !shl->is_addpos)) 5456 char_attr = shl->attr; 5457 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 5458 cur = cur->next; 5459 } 5460 } 5461 #endif 5462 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; 5463 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5464 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5465 { 5466 --col; 5467 --off; 5468 } 5469 else 5470 #endif 5471 { 5472 ++col; 5473 ++off; 5474 } 5475 ++vcol; 5476 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5477 eol_hl_off = 1; 5478 #endif 5479 } 5480 } 5481 5482 /* 5483 * At end of the text line. 5484 */ 5485 if (c == NUL) 5486 { 5487 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5488 if (eol_hl_off > 0 && vcol - eol_hl_off == (long)wp->w_virtcol 5489 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5490 { 5491 /* highlight last char after line */ 5492 --col; 5493 --off; 5494 --vcol; 5495 } 5496 5497 /* Highlight 'cursorcolumn' & 'colorcolumn' past end of the line. */ 5498 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 5499 v = wp->w_skipcol; 5500 else 5501 v = wp->w_leftcol; 5502 5503 /* check if line ends before left margin */ 5504 if (vcol < v + col - win_col_off(wp)) 5505 vcol = v + col - win_col_off(wp); 5506 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5507 /* Get rid of the boguscols now, we want to draw until the right 5508 * edge for 'cursorcolumn'. */ 5509 col -= boguscols; 5510 boguscols = 0; 5511 #endif 5512 5513 if (draw_color_col) 5514 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); 5515 5516 if (((wp->w_p_cuc 5517 && (int)wp->w_virtcol >= VCOL_HLC - eol_hl_off 5518 && (int)wp->w_virtcol < 5519 wp->w_width * (row - startrow + 1) + v 5520 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5521 || draw_color_col) 5522 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5523 && !wp->w_p_rl 5524 # endif 5525 ) 5526 { 5527 int rightmost_vcol = 0; 5528 int i; 5529 5530 if (wp->w_p_cuc) 5531 rightmost_vcol = wp->w_virtcol; 5532 if (draw_color_col) 5533 /* determine rightmost colorcolumn to possibly draw */ 5534 for (i = 0; color_cols[i] >= 0; ++i) 5535 if (rightmost_vcol < color_cols[i]) 5536 rightmost_vcol = color_cols[i]; 5537 5538 while (col < wp->w_width) 5539 { 5540 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 5541 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5542 if (enc_utf8) 5543 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5544 #endif 5545 ++col; 5546 if (draw_color_col) 5547 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, 5548 &color_cols); 5549 5550 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol) 5551 ScreenAttrs[off++] = HL_ATTR(HLF_CUC); 5552 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) 5553 ScreenAttrs[off++] = HL_ATTR(HLF_MC); 5554 else 5555 ScreenAttrs[off++] = 0; 5556 5557 if (VCOL_HLC >= rightmost_vcol) 5558 break; 5559 5560 ++vcol; 5561 } 5562 } 5563 #endif 5564 5565 screen_line(screen_row, wp->w_wincol, col, 5566 (int)wp->w_width, HAS_RIGHTLEFT(wp->w_p_rl)); 5567 row++; 5568 5569 /* 5570 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was 5571 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). 5572 */ 5573 if (wp == curwin && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 5574 { 5575 curwin->w_cline_row = startrow; 5576 curwin->w_cline_height = row - startrow; 5577 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 5578 curwin->w_cline_folded = FALSE; 5579 #endif 5580 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); 5581 } 5582 5583 break; 5584 } 5585 5586 /* line continues beyond line end */ 5587 if (lcs_ext 5588 && !wp->w_p_wrap 5589 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5590 && filler_todo <= 0 5591 #endif 5592 && ( 5593 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5594 wp->w_p_rl ? col == 0 : 5595 #endif 5596 col == wp->w_width - 1) 5597 && (*ptr != NUL 5598 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol_one > 0) 5599 || (n_extra && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL)))) 5600 { 5601 c = lcs_ext; 5602 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 5603 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5604 mb_c = c; 5605 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 5606 { 5607 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5608 u8cc[0] = 0; 5609 c = 0xc0; 5610 } 5611 else 5612 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 5613 #endif 5614 } 5615 5616 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5617 /* advance to the next 'colorcolumn' */ 5618 if (draw_color_col) 5619 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); 5620 5621 /* Highlight the cursor column if 'cursorcolumn' is set. But don't 5622 * highlight the cursor position itself. 5623 * Also highlight the 'colorcolumn' if it is different than 5624 * 'cursorcolumn' */ 5625 vcol_save_attr = -1; 5626 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && !lnum_in_visual_area 5627 && search_attr == 0 && area_attr == 0) 5628 { 5629 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol 5630 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5631 { 5632 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; 5633 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_CUC)); 5634 } 5635 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) 5636 { 5637 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; 5638 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_MC)); 5639 } 5640 } 5641 #endif 5642 5643 /* 5644 * Store character to be displayed. 5645 * Skip characters that are left of the screen for 'nowrap'. 5646 */ 5647 vcol_prev = vcol; 5648 if (draw_state < WL_LINE || n_skip <= 0) 5649 { 5650 /* 5651 * Store the character. 5652 */ 5653 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 5654 if (has_mbyte && wp->w_p_rl && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5655 { 5656 /* A double-wide character is: put first halve in left cell. */ 5657 --off; 5658 --col; 5659 } 5660 #endif 5661 ScreenLines[off] = c; 5662 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5663 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 5664 { 5665 if ((mb_c & 0xff00) == 0x8e00) 5666 ScreenLines[off] = 0x8e; 5667 ScreenLines2[off] = mb_c & 0xff; 5668 } 5669 else if (enc_utf8) 5670 { 5671 if (mb_utf8) 5672 { 5673 int i; 5674 5675 ScreenLinesUC[off] = mb_c; 5676 if ((c & 0xff) == 0) 5677 ScreenLines[off] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */ 5678 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 5679 { 5680 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; 5681 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 5682 break; 5683 } 5684 } 5685 else 5686 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5687 } 5688 if (multi_attr) 5689 { 5690 ScreenAttrs[off] = multi_attr; 5691 multi_attr = 0; 5692 } 5693 else 5694 #endif 5695 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; 5696 5697 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5698 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5699 { 5700 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ 5701 ++off; 5702 ++col; 5703 if (enc_utf8) 5704 /* UTF-8: Put a 0 in the second screen char. */ 5705 ScreenLines[off] = 0; 5706 else 5707 /* DBCS: Put second byte in the second screen char. */ 5708 ScreenLines[off] = mb_c & 0xff; 5709 if (draw_state > WL_NR 5710 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5711 && filler_todo <= 0 5712 #endif 5713 ) 5714 ++vcol; 5715 /* When "tocol" is halfway a character, set it to the end of 5716 * the character, otherwise highlighting won't stop. */ 5717 if (tocol == vcol) 5718 ++tocol; 5719 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5720 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5721 { 5722 /* now it's time to backup one cell */ 5723 --off; 5724 --col; 5725 } 5726 #endif 5727 } 5728 #endif 5729 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5730 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5731 { 5732 --off; 5733 --col; 5734 } 5735 else 5736 #endif 5737 { 5738 ++off; 5739 ++col; 5740 } 5741 } 5742 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5743 else if (wp->w_p_cole > 0 && is_concealing) 5744 { 5745 --n_skip; 5746 ++vcol_off; 5747 if (n_extra > 0) 5748 vcol_off += n_extra; 5749 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 5750 { 5751 /* 5752 * Special voodoo required if 'wrap' is on. 5753 * 5754 * Advance the column indicator to force the line 5755 * drawing to wrap early. This will make the line 5756 * take up the same screen space when parts are concealed, 5757 * so that cursor line computations aren't messed up. 5758 * 5759 * To avoid the fictitious advance of 'col' causing 5760 * trailing junk to be written out of the screen line 5761 * we are building, 'boguscols' keeps track of the number 5762 * of bad columns we have advanced. 5763 */ 5764 if (n_extra > 0) 5765 { 5766 vcol += n_extra; 5767 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5768 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5769 { 5770 col -= n_extra; 5771 boguscols -= n_extra; 5772 } 5773 else 5774 # endif 5775 { 5776 col += n_extra; 5777 boguscols += n_extra; 5778 } 5779 n_extra = 0; 5780 n_attr = 0; 5781 } 5782 5783 5784 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5785 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5786 { 5787 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ 5788 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5789 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5790 { 5791 --boguscols; 5792 --col; 5793 } 5794 else 5795 # endif 5796 { 5797 ++boguscols; 5798 ++col; 5799 } 5800 } 5801 # endif 5802 5803 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5804 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5805 { 5806 --boguscols; 5807 --col; 5808 } 5809 else 5810 # endif 5811 { 5812 ++boguscols; 5813 ++col; 5814 } 5815 } 5816 else 5817 { 5818 if (n_extra > 0) 5819 { 5820 vcol += n_extra; 5821 n_extra = 0; 5822 n_attr = 0; 5823 } 5824 } 5825 5826 } 5827 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ 5828 else 5829 --n_skip; 5830 5831 /* Only advance the "vcol" when after the 'number' or 'relativenumber' 5832 * column. */ 5833 if (draw_state > WL_NR 5834 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5835 && filler_todo <= 0 5836 #endif 5837 ) 5838 ++vcol; 5839 5840 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5841 if (vcol_save_attr >= 0) 5842 char_attr = vcol_save_attr; 5843 #endif 5844 5845 /* restore attributes after "predeces" in 'listchars' */ 5846 if (draw_state > WL_NR && n_attr3 > 0 && --n_attr3 == 0) 5847 char_attr = saved_attr3; 5848 5849 /* restore attributes after last 'listchars' or 'number' char */ 5850 if (n_attr > 0 && draw_state == WL_LINE && --n_attr == 0) 5851 char_attr = saved_attr2; 5852 5853 /* 5854 * At end of screen line and there is more to come: Display the line 5855 * so far. If there is no more to display it is caught above. 5856 */ 5857 if (( 5858 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5859 wp->w_p_rl ? (col < 0) : 5860 #endif 5861 (col >= wp->w_width)) 5862 && (*ptr != NUL 5863 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5864 || filler_todo > 0 5865 #endif 5866 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str) 5867 || (n_extra != 0 && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL))) 5868 ) 5869 { 5870 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5871 screen_line(screen_row, wp->w_wincol, col - boguscols, 5872 (int)wp->w_width, HAS_RIGHTLEFT(wp->w_p_rl)); 5873 boguscols = 0; 5874 #else 5875 screen_line(screen_row, wp->w_wincol, col, 5876 (int)wp->w_width, HAS_RIGHTLEFT(wp->w_p_rl)); 5877 #endif 5878 ++row; 5879 ++screen_row; 5880 5881 /* When not wrapping and finished diff lines, or when displayed 5882 * '$' and highlighting until last column, break here. */ 5883 if ((!wp->w_p_wrap 5884 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5885 && filler_todo <= 0 5886 #endif 5887 ) || lcs_eol_one == -1) 5888 break; 5889 5890 /* When the window is too narrow draw all "@" lines. */ 5891 if (draw_state != WL_LINE 5892 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5893 && filler_todo <= 0 5894 #endif 5895 ) 5896 { 5897 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); 5898 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); 5899 row = endrow; 5900 } 5901 5902 /* When line got too long for screen break here. */ 5903 if (row == endrow) 5904 { 5905 ++row; 5906 break; 5907 } 5908 5909 if (screen_cur_row == screen_row - 1 5910 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5911 && filler_todo <= 0 5912 #endif 5913 && wp->w_width == Columns) 5914 { 5915 /* Remember that the line wraps, used for modeless copy. */ 5916 LineWraps[screen_row - 1] = TRUE; 5917 5918 /* 5919 * Special trick to make copy/paste of wrapped lines work with 5920 * xterm/screen: write an extra character beyond the end of 5921 * the line. This will work with all terminal types 5922 * (regardless of the xn,am settings). 5923 * Only do this on a fast tty. 5924 * Only do this if the cursor is on the current line 5925 * (something has been written in it). 5926 * Don't do this for the GUI. 5927 * Don't do this for double-width characters. 5928 * Don't do this for a window not at the right screen border. 5929 */ 5930 if (p_tf 5931 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5932 && !gui.in_use 5933 #endif 5934 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5935 && !(has_mbyte 5936 && ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row], 5937 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) 5938 == 2 5939 || (*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 5940 + (int)Columns - 2, 5941 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) 5942 == 2)) 5943 #endif 5944 ) 5945 { 5946 /* First make sure we are at the end of the screen line, 5947 * then output the same character again to let the 5948 * terminal know about the wrap. If the terminal doesn't 5949 * auto-wrap, we overwrite the character. */ 5950 if (screen_cur_col != wp->w_width) 5951 screen_char(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 5952 + (unsigned)Columns - 1, 5953 screen_row - 1, (int)(Columns - 1)); 5954 5955 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5956 /* When there is a multi-byte character, just output a 5957 * space to keep it simple. */ 5958 if (has_mbyte && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[LineOffset[ 5959 screen_row - 1] + (Columns - 1)]) > 1) 5960 out_char(' '); 5961 else 5962 #endif 5963 out_char(ScreenLines[LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 5964 + (Columns - 1)]); 5965 /* force a redraw of the first char on the next line */ 5966 ScreenAttrs[LineOffset[screen_row]] = (sattr_T)-1; 5967 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 5968 } 5969 } 5970 5971 col = 0; 5972 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 5973 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5974 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5975 { 5976 col = wp->w_width - 1; /* col is not used if breaking! */ 5977 off += col; 5978 } 5979 #endif 5980 5981 /* reset the drawing state for the start of a wrapped line */ 5982 draw_state = WL_START; 5983 saved_n_extra = n_extra; 5984 saved_p_extra = p_extra; 5985 saved_c_extra = c_extra; 5986 saved_char_attr = char_attr; 5987 n_extra = 0; 5988 lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; 5989 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 5990 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5991 if (filler_todo <= 0) 5992 # endif 5993 need_showbreak = TRUE; 5994 #endif 5995 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5996 --filler_todo; 5997 /* When the filler lines are actually below the last line of the 5998 * file, don't draw the line itself, break here. */ 5999 if (filler_todo == 0 && wp->w_botfill) 6000 break; 6001 #endif 6002 } 6003 6004 } /* for every character in the line */ 6005 6006 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 6007 /* After an empty line check first word for capital. */ 6008 if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL) 6009 { 6010 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; 6011 cap_col = 0; 6012 } 6013 #endif 6014 6015 vim_free(p_extra_free); 6016 return row; 6017 } 6018 6019 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6020 static int comp_char_differs(int, int); 6021 6022 /* 6023 * Return if the composing characters at "off_from" and "off_to" differ. 6024 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0. 6025 */ 6026 static int 6027 comp_char_differs(int off_from, int off_to) 6028 { 6029 int i; 6030 6031 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 6032 { 6033 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] != ScreenLinesC[i][off_to]) 6034 return TRUE; 6035 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] == 0) 6036 break; 6037 } 6038 return FALSE; 6039 } 6040 #endif 6041 6042 /* 6043 * Check whether the given character needs redrawing: 6044 * - the (first byte of the) character is different 6045 * - the attributes are different 6046 * - the character is multi-byte and the next byte is different 6047 * - the character is two cells wide and the second cell differs. 6048 */ 6049 static int 6050 char_needs_redraw(int off_from, int off_to, int cols) 6051 { 6052 if (cols > 0 6053 && ((ScreenLines[off_from] != ScreenLines[off_to] 6054 || ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) 6055 6056 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6057 || (enc_dbcs != 0 6058 && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off_from]) > 1 6059 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off_from] == 0x8e 6060 ? ScreenLines2[off_from] != ScreenLines2[off_to] 6061 : (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] 6062 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) 6063 || (enc_utf8 6064 && (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != ScreenLinesUC[off_to] 6065 || (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0 6066 && comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to)) 6067 || ((*mb_off2cells)(off_from, off_from + cols) > 1 6068 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] 6069 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) 6070 #endif 6071 )) 6072 return TRUE; 6073 return FALSE; 6074 } 6075 6076 #if defined(FEAT_TERMINAL) || defined(PROTO) 6077 /* 6078 * Return the index in ScreenLines[] for the current screen line. 6079 */ 6080 int 6081 screen_get_current_line_off() 6082 { 6083 return (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 6084 } 6085 #endif 6086 6087 /* 6088 * Move one "cooked" screen line to the screen, but only the characters that 6089 * have actually changed. Handle insert/delete character. 6090 * "coloff" gives the first column on the screen for this line. 6091 * "endcol" gives the columns where valid characters are. 6092 * "clear_width" is the width of the window. It's > 0 if the rest of the line 6093 * needs to be cleared, negative otherwise. 6094 * "rlflag" is TRUE in a rightleft window: 6095 * When TRUE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns 0 to "endcol" 6096 * When FALSE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns "endcol" to "clear_width" 6097 */ 6098 void 6099 screen_line( 6100 int row, 6101 int coloff, 6102 int endcol, 6103 int clear_width, 6104 int rlflag UNUSED) 6105 { 6106 unsigned off_from; 6107 unsigned off_to; 6108 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6109 unsigned max_off_from; 6110 unsigned max_off_to; 6111 #endif 6112 int col = 0; 6113 int hl; 6114 int force = FALSE; /* force update rest of the line */ 6115 int redraw_this /* bool: does character need redraw? */ 6116 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6117 = TRUE /* For GUI when while-loop empty */ 6118 #endif 6119 ; 6120 int redraw_next; /* redraw_this for next character */ 6121 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6122 int clear_next = FALSE; 6123 int char_cells; /* 1: normal char */ 6124 /* 2: occupies two display cells */ 6125 # define CHAR_CELLS char_cells 6126 #else 6127 # define CHAR_CELLS 1 6128 #endif 6129 6130 /* Check for illegal row and col, just in case. */ 6131 if (row >= Rows) 6132 row = Rows - 1; 6133 if (endcol > Columns) 6134 endcol = Columns; 6135 6136 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 6137 clip_may_clear_selection(row, row); 6138 # endif 6139 6140 off_from = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 6141 off_to = LineOffset[row] + coloff; 6142 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6143 max_off_from = off_from + screen_Columns; 6144 max_off_to = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 6145 #endif 6146 6147 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 6148 if (rlflag) 6149 { 6150 /* Clear rest first, because it's left of the text. */ 6151 if (clear_width > 0) 6152 { 6153 while (col <= endcol && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' 6154 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 6155 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6156 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) 6157 # endif 6158 ) 6159 { 6160 ++off_to; 6161 ++col; 6162 } 6163 if (col <= endcol) 6164 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, 6165 endcol + coloff + 1, ' ', ' ', 0); 6166 } 6167 col = endcol + 1; 6168 off_to = LineOffset[row] + col + coloff; 6169 off_from += col; 6170 endcol = (clear_width > 0 ? clear_width : -clear_width); 6171 } 6172 #endif /* FEAT_RIGHTLEFT */ 6173 6174 redraw_next = char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, endcol - col); 6175 6176 while (col < endcol) 6177 { 6178 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6179 if (has_mbyte && (col + 1 < endcol)) 6180 char_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off_from, max_off_from); 6181 else 6182 char_cells = 1; 6183 #endif 6184 6185 redraw_this = redraw_next; 6186 redraw_next = force || char_needs_redraw(off_from + CHAR_CELLS, 6187 off_to + CHAR_CELLS, endcol - col - CHAR_CELLS); 6188 6189 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6190 /* If the next character was bold, then redraw the current character to 6191 * remove any pixels that might have spilt over into us. This only 6192 * happens in the GUI. 6193 */ 6194 if (redraw_next && gui.in_use) 6195 { 6196 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to + CHAR_CELLS]; 6197 if (hl > HL_ALL) 6198 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); 6199 if (hl & HL_BOLD) 6200 redraw_this = TRUE; 6201 } 6202 #endif 6203 6204 if (redraw_this) 6205 { 6206 /* 6207 * Special handling when 'xs' termcap flag set (hpterm): 6208 * Attributes for characters are stored at the position where the 6209 * cursor is when writing the highlighting code. The 6210 * start-highlighting code must be written with the cursor on the 6211 * first highlighted character. The stop-highlighting code must 6212 * be written with the cursor just after the last highlighted 6213 * character. 6214 * Overwriting a character doesn't remove it's highlighting. Need 6215 * to clear the rest of the line, and force redrawing it 6216 * completely. 6217 */ 6218 if ( p_wiv 6219 && !force 6220 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6221 && !gui.in_use 6222 #endif 6223 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] != 0 6224 && ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) 6225 { 6226 /* 6227 * Need to remove highlighting attributes here. 6228 */ 6229 windgoto(row, col + coloff); 6230 out_str(T_CE); /* clear rest of this screen line */ 6231 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 6232 force = TRUE; /* force redraw of rest of the line */ 6233 redraw_next = TRUE; /* or else next char would miss out */ 6234 6235 /* 6236 * If the previous character was highlighted, need to stop 6237 * highlighting at this character. 6238 */ 6239 if (col + coloff > 0 && ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1] != 0) 6240 { 6241 screen_attr = ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]; 6242 term_windgoto(row, col + coloff); 6243 screen_stop_highlight(); 6244 } 6245 else 6246 screen_attr = 0; /* highlighting has stopped */ 6247 } 6248 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6249 if (enc_dbcs != 0) 6250 { 6251 /* Check if overwriting a double-byte with a single-byte or 6252 * the other way around requires another character to be 6253 * redrawn. For UTF-8 this isn't needed, because comparing 6254 * ScreenLinesUC[] is sufficient. */ 6255 if (char_cells == 1 6256 && col + 1 < endcol 6257 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) 6258 { 6259 /* Writing a single-cell character over a double-cell 6260 * character: need to redraw the next cell. */ 6261 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = 0; 6262 redraw_next = TRUE; 6263 } 6264 else if (char_cells == 2 6265 && col + 2 < endcol 6266 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 6267 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1) 6268 { 6269 /* Writing the second half of a double-cell character over 6270 * a double-cell character: need to redraw the second 6271 * cell. */ 6272 ScreenLines[off_to + 2] = 0; 6273 redraw_next = TRUE; 6274 } 6275 6276 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 6277 ScreenLines2[off_to] = ScreenLines2[off_from]; 6278 } 6279 /* When writing a single-width character over a double-width 6280 * character and at the end of the redrawn text, need to clear out 6281 * the right halve of the old character. 6282 * Also required when writing the right halve of a double-width 6283 * char over the left halve of an existing one. */ 6284 if (has_mbyte && col + char_cells == endcol 6285 && ((char_cells == 1 6286 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) 6287 || (char_cells == 2 6288 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 6289 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1))) 6290 clear_next = TRUE; 6291 #endif 6292 6293 ScreenLines[off_to] = ScreenLines[off_from]; 6294 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6295 if (enc_utf8) 6296 { 6297 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = ScreenLinesUC[off_from]; 6298 if (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0) 6299 { 6300 int i; 6301 6302 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 6303 ScreenLinesC[i][off_to] = ScreenLinesC[i][off_from]; 6304 } 6305 } 6306 if (char_cells == 2) 6307 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = ScreenLines[off_from + 1]; 6308 #endif 6309 6310 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 6311 /* The bold trick makes a single column of pixels appear in the 6312 * next character. When a bold character is removed, the next 6313 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI 6314 * and for some xterms. */ 6315 if ( 6316 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 6317 gui.in_use 6318 # endif 6319 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 6320 || 6321 # endif 6322 # ifdef UNIX 6323 term_is_xterm 6324 # endif 6325 ) 6326 { 6327 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; 6328 if (hl > HL_ALL) 6329 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); 6330 if (hl & HL_BOLD) 6331 redraw_next = TRUE; 6332 } 6333 #endif 6334 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; 6335 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6336 /* For simplicity set the attributes of second half of a 6337 * double-wide character equal to the first half. */ 6338 if (char_cells == 2) 6339 ScreenAttrs[off_to + 1] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; 6340 6341 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && char_cells == 2) 6342 screen_char_2(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6343 else 6344 #endif 6345 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6346 } 6347 else if ( p_wiv 6348 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6349 && !gui.in_use 6350 #endif 6351 && col + coloff > 0) 6352 { 6353 if (ScreenAttrs[off_to] == ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]) 6354 { 6355 /* 6356 * Don't output stop-highlight when moving the cursor, it will 6357 * stop the highlighting when it should continue. 6358 */ 6359 screen_attr = 0; 6360 } 6361 else if (screen_attr != 0) 6362 screen_stop_highlight(); 6363 } 6364 6365 off_to += CHAR_CELLS; 6366 off_from += CHAR_CELLS; 6367 col += CHAR_CELLS; 6368 } 6369 6370 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6371 if (clear_next) 6372 { 6373 /* Clear the second half of a double-wide character of which the left 6374 * half was overwritten with a single-wide character. */ 6375 ScreenLines[off_to] = ' '; 6376 if (enc_utf8) 6377 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; 6378 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6379 } 6380 #endif 6381 6382 if (clear_width > 0 6383 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 6384 && !rlflag 6385 #endif 6386 ) 6387 { 6388 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6389 int startCol = col; 6390 #endif 6391 6392 /* blank out the rest of the line */ 6393 while (col < clear_width && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' 6394 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 6395 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6396 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) 6397 #endif 6398 ) 6399 { 6400 ++off_to; 6401 ++col; 6402 } 6403 if (col < clear_width) 6404 { 6405 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6406 /* 6407 * In the GUI, clearing the rest of the line may leave pixels 6408 * behind if the first character cleared was bold. Some bold 6409 * fonts spill over the left. In this case we redraw the previous 6410 * character too. If we didn't skip any blanks above, then we 6411 * only redraw if the character wasn't already redrawn anyway. 6412 */ 6413 if (gui.in_use && (col > startCol || !redraw_this)) 6414 { 6415 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; 6416 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD)) 6417 { 6418 int prev_cells = 1; 6419 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6420 if (enc_utf8) 6421 /* for utf-8, ScreenLines[char_offset + 1] == 0 means 6422 * that its width is 2. */ 6423 prev_cells = ScreenLines[off_to - 1] == 0 ? 2 : 1; 6424 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) 6425 { 6426 /* find previous character by counting from first 6427 * column and get its width. */ 6428 unsigned off = LineOffset[row]; 6429 unsigned max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 6430 6431 while (off < off_to) 6432 { 6433 prev_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off); 6434 off += prev_cells; 6435 } 6436 } 6437 6438 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && prev_cells > 1) 6439 screen_char_2(off_to - prev_cells, row, 6440 col + coloff - prev_cells); 6441 else 6442 # endif 6443 screen_char(off_to - prev_cells, row, 6444 col + coloff - prev_cells); 6445 } 6446 } 6447 #endif 6448 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, clear_width + coloff, 6449 ' ', ' ', 0); 6450 off_to += clear_width - col; 6451 col = clear_width; 6452 } 6453 } 6454 6455 if (clear_width > 0) 6456 { 6457 /* For a window that's left of another, draw the separator char. */ 6458 if (col + coloff < Columns) 6459 { 6460 int c; 6461 6462 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); 6463 if (ScreenLines[off_to] != (schar_T)c 6464 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6465 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off_to] 6466 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) 6467 #endif 6468 || ScreenAttrs[off_to] != hl) 6469 { 6470 ScreenLines[off_to] = c; 6471 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = hl; 6472 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6473 if (enc_utf8) 6474 { 6475 if (c >= 0x80) 6476 { 6477 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = c; 6478 ScreenLinesC[0][off_to] = 0; 6479 } 6480 else 6481 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; 6482 } 6483 #endif 6484 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6485 } 6486 } 6487 else 6488 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; 6489 } 6490 } 6491 6492 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) 6493 /* 6494 * Mirror text "str" for right-left displaying. 6495 * Only works for single-byte characters (e.g., numbers). 6496 */ 6497 void 6498 rl_mirror(char_u *str) 6499 { 6500 char_u *p1, *p2; 6501 int t; 6502 6503 for (p1 = str, p2 = str + STRLEN(str) - 1; p1 < p2; ++p1, --p2) 6504 { 6505 t = *p1; 6506 *p1 = *p2; 6507 *p2 = t; 6508 } 6509 } 6510 #endif 6511 6512 /* 6513 * mark all status lines for redraw; used after first :cd 6514 */ 6515 void 6516 status_redraw_all(void) 6517 { 6518 win_T *wp; 6519 6520 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6521 if (wp->w_status_height) 6522 { 6523 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6524 redraw_later(VALID); 6525 } 6526 } 6527 6528 /* 6529 * mark all status lines of the current buffer for redraw 6530 */ 6531 void 6532 status_redraw_curbuf(void) 6533 { 6534 win_T *wp; 6535 6536 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6537 if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && wp->w_buffer == curbuf) 6538 { 6539 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6540 redraw_later(VALID); 6541 } 6542 } 6543 6544 /* 6545 * Redraw all status lines that need to be redrawn. 6546 */ 6547 void 6548 redraw_statuslines(void) 6549 { 6550 win_T *wp; 6551 6552 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6553 if (wp->w_redr_status) 6554 win_redr_status(wp, FALSE); 6555 if (redraw_tabline) 6556 draw_tabline(); 6557 } 6558 6559 #if defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(PROTO) 6560 /* 6561 * Redraw all status lines at the bottom of frame "frp". 6562 */ 6563 void 6564 win_redraw_last_status(frame_T *frp) 6565 { 6566 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF) 6567 frp->fr_win->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6568 else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW) 6569 { 6570 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) 6571 win_redraw_last_status(frp); 6572 } 6573 else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL */ 6574 { 6575 frp = frp->fr_child; 6576 while (frp->fr_next != NULL) 6577 frp = frp->fr_next; 6578 win_redraw_last_status(frp); 6579 } 6580 } 6581 #endif 6582 6583 /* 6584 * Draw the verticap separator right of window "wp" starting with line "row". 6585 */ 6586 static void 6587 draw_vsep_win(win_T *wp, int row) 6588 { 6589 int hl; 6590 int c; 6591 6592 if (wp->w_vsep_width) 6593 { 6594 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ 6595 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); 6596 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 6597 W_ENDCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) + 1, 6598 c, ' ', hl); 6599 } 6600 } 6601 6602 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU 6603 static int status_match_len(expand_T *xp, char_u *s); 6604 static int skip_status_match_char(expand_T *xp, char_u *s); 6605 6606 /* 6607 * Get the length of an item as it will be shown in the status line. 6608 */ 6609 static int 6610 status_match_len(expand_T *xp, char_u *s) 6611 { 6612 int len = 0; 6613 6614 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6615 int emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 6616 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); 6617 6618 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|'. */ 6619 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) 6620 return 1; 6621 #endif 6622 6623 while (*s != NUL) 6624 { 6625 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); 6626 len += ptr2cells(s); 6627 MB_PTR_ADV(s); 6628 } 6629 6630 return len; 6631 } 6632 6633 /* 6634 * Return the number of characters that should be skipped in a status match. 6635 * These are backslashes used for escaping. Do show backslashes in help tags. 6636 */ 6637 static int 6638 skip_status_match_char(expand_T *xp, char_u *s) 6639 { 6640 if ((rem_backslash(s) && xp->xp_context != EXPAND_HELP) 6641 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6642 || ((xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 6643 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES) 6644 && (s[0] == '\t' || (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != NUL))) 6645 #endif 6646 ) 6647 { 6648 #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME 6649 if (xp->xp_shell && csh_like_shell() && s[1] == '\\' && s[2] == '!') 6650 return 2; 6651 #endif 6652 return 1; 6653 } 6654 return 0; 6655 } 6656 6657 /* 6658 * Show wildchar matches in the status line. 6659 * Show at least the "match" item. 6660 * We start at item 'first_match' in the list and show all matches that fit. 6661 * 6662 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. 6663 */ 6664 void 6665 win_redr_status_matches( 6666 expand_T *xp, 6667 int num_matches, 6668 char_u **matches, /* list of matches */ 6669 int match, 6670 int showtail) 6671 { 6672 #define L_MATCH(m) (showtail ? sm_gettail(matches[m]) : matches[m]) 6673 int row; 6674 char_u *buf; 6675 int len; 6676 int clen; /* length in screen cells */ 6677 int fillchar; 6678 int attr; 6679 int i; 6680 int highlight = TRUE; 6681 char_u *selstart = NULL; 6682 int selstart_col = 0; 6683 char_u *selend = NULL; 6684 static int first_match = 0; 6685 int add_left = FALSE; 6686 char_u *s; 6687 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6688 int emenu; 6689 #endif 6690 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_MENU) 6691 int l; 6692 #endif 6693 6694 if (matches == NULL) /* interrupted completion? */ 6695 return; 6696 6697 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6698 if (has_mbyte) 6699 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns * MB_MAXBYTES + 1); 6700 else 6701 #endif 6702 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns + 1); 6703 if (buf == NULL) 6704 return; 6705 6706 if (match == -1) /* don't show match but original text */ 6707 { 6708 match = 0; 6709 highlight = FALSE; 6710 } 6711 /* count 1 for the ending ">" */ 6712 clen = status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(match)) + 3; 6713 if (match == 0) 6714 first_match = 0; 6715 else if (match < first_match) 6716 { 6717 /* jumping left, as far as we can go */ 6718 first_match = match; 6719 add_left = TRUE; 6720 } 6721 else 6722 { 6723 /* check if match fits on the screen */ 6724 for (i = first_match; i < match; ++i) 6725 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; 6726 if (first_match > 0) 6727 clen += 2; 6728 /* jumping right, put match at the left */ 6729 if ((long)clen > Columns) 6730 { 6731 first_match = match; 6732 /* if showing the last match, we can add some on the left */ 6733 clen = 2; 6734 for (i = match; i < num_matches; ++i) 6735 { 6736 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; 6737 if ((long)clen >= Columns) 6738 break; 6739 } 6740 if (i == num_matches) 6741 add_left = TRUE; 6742 } 6743 } 6744 if (add_left) 6745 while (first_match > 0) 6746 { 6747 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(first_match - 1)) + 2; 6748 if ((long)clen >= Columns) 6749 break; 6750 --first_match; 6751 } 6752 6753 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, curwin); 6754 6755 if (first_match == 0) 6756 { 6757 *buf = NUL; 6758 len = 0; 6759 } 6760 else 6761 { 6762 STRCPY(buf, "< "); 6763 len = 2; 6764 } 6765 clen = len; 6766 6767 i = first_match; 6768 while ((long)(clen + status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2) < Columns) 6769 { 6770 if (i == match) 6771 { 6772 selstart = buf + len; 6773 selstart_col = clen; 6774 } 6775 6776 s = L_MATCH(i); 6777 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|' */ 6778 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6779 emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 6780 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); 6781 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) 6782 { 6783 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar('|')); 6784 l = (int)STRLEN(buf + len); 6785 len += l; 6786 clen += l; 6787 } 6788 else 6789 #endif 6790 for ( ; *s != NUL; ++s) 6791 { 6792 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); 6793 clen += ptr2cells(s); 6794 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6795 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) > 1) 6796 { 6797 STRNCPY(buf + len, s, l); 6798 s += l - 1; 6799 len += l; 6800 } 6801 else 6802 #endif 6803 { 6804 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar_byte(*s)); 6805 len += (int)STRLEN(buf + len); 6806 } 6807 } 6808 if (i == match) 6809 selend = buf + len; 6810 6811 *(buf + len++) = ' '; 6812 *(buf + len++) = ' '; 6813 clen += 2; 6814 if (++i == num_matches) 6815 break; 6816 } 6817 6818 if (i != num_matches) 6819 { 6820 *(buf + len++) = '>'; 6821 ++clen; 6822 } 6823 6824 buf[len] = NUL; 6825 6826 row = cmdline_row - 1; 6827 if (row >= 0) 6828 { 6829 if (wild_menu_showing == 0) 6830 { 6831 if (msg_scrolled > 0) 6832 { 6833 /* Put the wildmenu just above the command line. If there is 6834 * no room, scroll the screen one line up. */ 6835 if (cmdline_row == Rows - 1) 6836 { 6837 screen_del_lines(0, 0, 1, (int)Rows, TRUE, 0, NULL); 6838 ++msg_scrolled; 6839 } 6840 else 6841 { 6842 ++cmdline_row; 6843 ++row; 6844 } 6845 wild_menu_showing = WM_SCROLLED; 6846 } 6847 else 6848 { 6849 /* Create status line if needed by setting 'laststatus' to 2. 6850 * Set 'winminheight' to zero to avoid that the window is 6851 * resized. */ 6852 if (lastwin->w_status_height == 0) 6853 { 6854 save_p_ls = p_ls; 6855 save_p_wmh = p_wmh; 6856 p_ls = 2; 6857 p_wmh = 0; 6858 last_status(FALSE); 6859 } 6860 wild_menu_showing = WM_SHOWN; 6861 } 6862 } 6863 6864 screen_puts(buf, row, 0, attr); 6865 if (selstart != NULL && highlight) 6866 { 6867 *selend = NUL; 6868 screen_puts(selstart, row, selstart_col, HL_ATTR(HLF_WM)); 6869 } 6870 6871 screen_fill(row, row + 1, clen, (int)Columns, fillchar, fillchar, attr); 6872 } 6873 6874 win_redraw_last_status(topframe); 6875 vim_free(buf); 6876 } 6877 #endif 6878 6879 /* 6880 * Redraw the status line of window wp. 6881 * 6882 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. 6883 * If "ignore_pum" is TRUE, also redraw statusline when the popup menu is 6884 * displayed. 6885 */ 6886 static void 6887 win_redr_status(win_T *wp, int ignore_pum UNUSED) 6888 { 6889 int row; 6890 char_u *p; 6891 int len; 6892 int fillchar; 6893 int attr; 6894 int this_ru_col; 6895 static int busy = FALSE; 6896 6897 /* It's possible to get here recursively when 'statusline' (indirectly) 6898 * invokes ":redrawstatus". Simply ignore the call then. */ 6899 if (busy) 6900 return; 6901 busy = TRUE; 6902 6903 wp->w_redr_status = FALSE; 6904 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) 6905 { 6906 /* no status line, can only be last window */ 6907 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 6908 } 6909 else if (!redrawing() 6910 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 6911 // don't update status line when popup menu is visible and may be 6912 // drawn over it, unless it will be redrawn later 6913 || (!ignore_pum && pum_visible()) 6914 #endif 6915 ) 6916 { 6917 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ 6918 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6919 } 6920 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 6921 else if (*p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL) 6922 { 6923 /* redraw custom status line */ 6924 redraw_custom_statusline(wp); 6925 } 6926 #endif 6927 else 6928 { 6929 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp); 6930 6931 get_trans_bufname(wp->w_buffer); 6932 p = NameBuff; 6933 len = (int)STRLEN(p); 6934 6935 if (bt_help(wp->w_buffer) 6936 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 6937 || wp->w_p_pvw 6938 #endif 6939 || bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer) 6940 || wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) 6941 *(p + len++) = ' '; 6942 if (bt_help(wp->w_buffer)) 6943 { 6944 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Help]")); 6945 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 6946 } 6947 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 6948 if (wp->w_p_pvw) 6949 { 6950 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Preview]")); 6951 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 6952 } 6953 #endif 6954 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer) 6955 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 6956 && !bt_terminal(wp->w_buffer) 6957 #endif 6958 ) 6959 { 6960 STRCPY(p + len, "[+]"); 6961 len += 3; 6962 } 6963 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) 6964 { 6965 STRCPY(p + len, _("[RO]")); 6966 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 6967 } 6968 6969 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - wp->w_width); 6970 if (this_ru_col < (wp->w_width + 1) / 2) 6971 this_ru_col = (wp->w_width + 1) / 2; 6972 if (this_ru_col <= 1) 6973 { 6974 p = (char_u *)"<"; /* No room for file name! */ 6975 len = 1; 6976 } 6977 else 6978 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6979 if (has_mbyte) 6980 { 6981 int clen = 0, i; 6982 6983 /* Count total number of display cells. */ 6984 clen = mb_string2cells(p, -1); 6985 6986 /* Find first character that will fit. 6987 * Going from start to end is much faster for DBCS. */ 6988 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && clen >= this_ru_col - 1; 6989 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i)) 6990 clen -= (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i); 6991 len = clen; 6992 if (i > 0) 6993 { 6994 p = p + i - 1; 6995 *p = '<'; 6996 ++len; 6997 } 6998 6999 } 7000 else 7001 #endif 7002 if (len > this_ru_col - 1) 7003 { 7004 p += len - (this_ru_col - 1); 7005 *p = '<'; 7006 len = this_ru_col - 1; 7007 } 7008 7009 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 7010 screen_puts(p, row, wp->w_wincol, attr); 7011 screen_fill(row, row + 1, len + wp->w_wincol, 7012 this_ru_col + wp->w_wincol, fillchar, fillchar, attr); 7013 7014 if (get_keymap_str(wp, (char_u *)"<%s>", NameBuff, MAXPATHL) 7015 && (int)(this_ru_col - len) > (int)(STRLEN(NameBuff) + 1)) 7016 screen_puts(NameBuff, row, (int)(this_ru_col - STRLEN(NameBuff) 7017 - 1 + wp->w_wincol), attr); 7018 7019 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 7020 win_redr_ruler(wp, TRUE, ignore_pum); 7021 #endif 7022 } 7023 7024 /* 7025 * May need to draw the character below the vertical separator. 7026 */ 7027 if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0 && wp->w_status_height != 0 && redrawing()) 7028 { 7029 if (stl_connected(wp)) 7030 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp); 7031 else 7032 fillchar = fillchar_vsep(&attr); 7033 screen_putchar(fillchar, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, W_ENDCOL(wp), 7034 attr); 7035 } 7036 busy = FALSE; 7037 } 7038 7039 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 7040 /* 7041 * Redraw the status line according to 'statusline' and take care of any 7042 * errors encountered. 7043 */ 7044 static void 7045 redraw_custom_statusline(win_T *wp) 7046 { 7047 static int entered = FALSE; 7048 int saved_did_emsg = did_emsg; 7049 7050 /* When called recursively return. This can happen when the statusline 7051 * contains an expression that triggers a redraw. */ 7052 if (entered) 7053 return; 7054 entered = TRUE; 7055 7056 did_emsg = FALSE; 7057 win_redr_custom(wp, FALSE); 7058 if (did_emsg) 7059 { 7060 /* When there is an error disable the statusline, otherwise the 7061 * display is messed up with errors and a redraw triggers the problem 7062 * again and again. */ 7063 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"statusline", -1, 7064 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE | (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL 7065 ? OPT_LOCAL : OPT_GLOBAL), SID_ERROR); 7066 } 7067 did_emsg |= saved_did_emsg; 7068 entered = FALSE; 7069 } 7070 #endif 7071 7072 /* 7073 * Return TRUE if the status line of window "wp" is connected to the status 7074 * line of the window right of it. If not, then it's a vertical separator. 7075 * Only call if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0). 7076 */ 7077 int 7078 stl_connected(win_T *wp) 7079 { 7080 frame_T *fr; 7081 7082 fr = wp->w_frame; 7083 while (fr->fr_parent != NULL) 7084 { 7085 if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL) 7086 { 7087 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) 7088 break; 7089 } 7090 else 7091 { 7092 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) 7093 return TRUE; 7094 } 7095 fr = fr->fr_parent; 7096 } 7097 return FALSE; 7098 } 7099 7100 7101 /* 7102 * Get the value to show for the language mappings, active 'keymap'. 7103 */ 7104 int 7105 get_keymap_str( 7106 win_T *wp, 7107 char_u *fmt, /* format string containing one %s item */ 7108 char_u *buf, /* buffer for the result */ 7109 int len) /* length of buffer */ 7110 { 7111 char_u *p; 7112 7113 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_iminsert != B_IMODE_LMAP) 7114 return FALSE; 7115 7116 { 7117 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7118 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf; 7119 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; 7120 char_u *s; 7121 7122 curbuf = wp->w_buffer; 7123 curwin = wp; 7124 STRCPY(buf, "b:keymap_name"); /* must be writable */ 7125 ++emsg_skip; 7126 s = p = eval_to_string(buf, NULL, FALSE); 7127 --emsg_skip; 7128 curbuf = old_curbuf; 7129 curwin = old_curwin; 7130 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL) 7131 #endif 7132 { 7133 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP 7134 if (wp->w_buffer->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_LOADED) 7135 p = wp->w_buffer->b_p_keymap; 7136 else 7137 #endif 7138 p = (char_u *)"lang"; 7139 } 7140 if (vim_snprintf((char *)buf, len, (char *)fmt, p) > len - 1) 7141 buf[0] = NUL; 7142 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7143 vim_free(s); 7144 #endif 7145 } 7146 return buf[0] != NUL; 7147 } 7148 7149 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) 7150 /* 7151 * Redraw the status line or ruler of window "wp". 7152 * When "wp" is NULL redraw the tab pages line from 'tabline'. 7153 */ 7154 static void 7155 win_redr_custom( 7156 win_T *wp, 7157 int draw_ruler) /* TRUE or FALSE */ 7158 { 7159 static int entered = FALSE; 7160 int attr; 7161 int curattr; 7162 int row; 7163 int col = 0; 7164 int maxwidth; 7165 int width; 7166 int n; 7167 int len; 7168 int fillchar; 7169 char_u buf[MAXPATHL]; 7170 char_u *stl; 7171 char_u *p; 7172 struct stl_hlrec hltab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; 7173 struct stl_hlrec tabtab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; 7174 int use_sandbox = FALSE; 7175 win_T *ewp; 7176 int p_crb_save; 7177 7178 /* There is a tiny chance that this gets called recursively: When 7179 * redrawing a status line triggers redrawing the ruler or tabline. 7180 * Avoid trouble by not allowing recursion. */ 7181 if (entered) 7182 return; 7183 entered = TRUE; 7184 7185 /* setup environment for the task at hand */ 7186 if (wp == NULL) 7187 { 7188 /* Use 'tabline'. Always at the first line of the screen. */ 7189 stl = p_tal; 7190 row = 0; 7191 fillchar = ' '; 7192 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_TPF); 7193 maxwidth = Columns; 7194 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7195 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"tabline", 0); 7196 # endif 7197 } 7198 else 7199 { 7200 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 7201 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp); 7202 maxwidth = wp->w_width; 7203 7204 if (draw_ruler) 7205 { 7206 stl = p_ruf; 7207 /* advance past any leading group spec - implicit in ru_col */ 7208 if (*stl == '%') 7209 { 7210 if (*++stl == '-') 7211 stl++; 7212 if (atoi((char *)stl)) 7213 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*stl)) 7214 stl++; 7215 if (*stl++ != '(') 7216 stl = p_ruf; 7217 } 7218 col = ru_col - (Columns - wp->w_width); 7219 if (col < (wp->w_width + 1) / 2) 7220 col = (wp->w_width + 1) / 2; 7221 maxwidth = wp->w_width - col; 7222 if (!wp->w_status_height) 7223 { 7224 row = Rows - 1; 7225 --maxwidth; /* writing in last column may cause scrolling */ 7226 fillchar = ' '; 7227 attr = 0; 7228 } 7229 7230 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7231 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"rulerformat", 0); 7232 # endif 7233 } 7234 else 7235 { 7236 if (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL) 7237 stl = wp->w_p_stl; 7238 else 7239 stl = p_stl; 7240 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7241 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"statusline", 7242 *wp->w_p_stl == NUL ? 0 : OPT_LOCAL); 7243 # endif 7244 } 7245 7246 col += wp->w_wincol; 7247 } 7248 7249 if (maxwidth <= 0) 7250 goto theend; 7251 7252 /* Temporarily reset 'cursorbind', we don't want a side effect from moving 7253 * the cursor away and back. */ 7254 ewp = wp == NULL ? curwin : wp; 7255 p_crb_save = ewp->w_p_crb; 7256 ewp->w_p_crb = FALSE; 7257 7258 /* Make a copy, because the statusline may include a function call that 7259 * might change the option value and free the memory. */ 7260 stl = vim_strsave(stl); 7261 width = build_stl_str_hl(ewp, buf, sizeof(buf), 7262 stl, use_sandbox, 7263 fillchar, maxwidth, hltab, tabtab); 7264 vim_free(stl); 7265 ewp->w_p_crb = p_crb_save; 7266 7267 /* Make all characters printable. */ 7268 p = transstr(buf); 7269 if (p != NULL) 7270 { 7271 vim_strncpy(buf, p, sizeof(buf) - 1); 7272 vim_free(p); 7273 } 7274 7275 /* fill up with "fillchar" */ 7276 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); 7277 while (width < maxwidth && len < (int)sizeof(buf) - 1) 7278 { 7279 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7280 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buf + len); 7281 #else 7282 buf[len++] = fillchar; 7283 #endif 7284 ++width; 7285 } 7286 buf[len] = NUL; 7287 7288 /* 7289 * Draw each snippet with the specified highlighting. 7290 */ 7291 curattr = attr; 7292 p = buf; 7293 for (n = 0; hltab[n].start != NULL; n++) 7294 { 7295 len = (int)(hltab[n].start - p); 7296 screen_puts_len(p, len, row, col, curattr); 7297 col += vim_strnsize(p, len); 7298 p = hltab[n].start; 7299 7300 if (hltab[n].userhl == 0) 7301 curattr = attr; 7302 else if (hltab[n].userhl < 0) 7303 curattr = syn_id2attr(-hltab[n].userhl); 7304 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 7305 else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && bt_terminal(wp->w_buffer) 7306 && wp->w_status_height != 0) 7307 curattr = highlight_stltermnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; 7308 else if (wp != NULL && bt_terminal(wp->w_buffer) 7309 && wp->w_status_height != 0) 7310 curattr = highlight_stlterm[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; 7311 #endif 7312 else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && wp->w_status_height != 0) 7313 curattr = highlight_stlnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; 7314 else 7315 curattr = highlight_user[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; 7316 } 7317 screen_puts(p, row, col, curattr); 7318 7319 if (wp == NULL) 7320 { 7321 /* Fill the TabPageIdxs[] array for clicking in the tab pagesline. */ 7322 col = 0; 7323 len = 0; 7324 p = buf; 7325 fillchar = 0; 7326 for (n = 0; tabtab[n].start != NULL; n++) 7327 { 7328 len += vim_strnsize(p, (int)(tabtab[n].start - p)); 7329 while (col < len) 7330 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; 7331 p = tabtab[n].start; 7332 fillchar = tabtab[n].userhl; 7333 } 7334 while (col < Columns) 7335 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; 7336 } 7337 7338 theend: 7339 entered = FALSE; 7340 } 7341 7342 #endif /* FEAT_STL_OPT */ 7343 7344 /* 7345 * Output a single character directly to the screen and update ScreenLines. 7346 */ 7347 void 7348 screen_putchar(int c, int row, int col, int attr) 7349 { 7350 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 7351 7352 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7353 if (has_mbyte) 7354 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; 7355 else 7356 #endif 7357 { 7358 buf[0] = c; 7359 buf[1] = NUL; 7360 } 7361 screen_puts(buf, row, col, attr); 7362 } 7363 7364 /* 7365 * Get a single character directly from ScreenLines into "bytes[]". 7366 * Also return its attribute in *attrp; 7367 */ 7368 void 7369 screen_getbytes(int row, int col, char_u *bytes, int *attrp) 7370 { 7371 unsigned off; 7372 7373 /* safety check */ 7374 if (ScreenLines != NULL && row < screen_Rows && col < screen_Columns) 7375 { 7376 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 7377 *attrp = ScreenAttrs[off]; 7378 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; 7379 bytes[1] = NUL; 7380 7381 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7382 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) 7383 bytes[utfc_char2bytes(off, bytes)] = NUL; 7384 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 7385 { 7386 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; 7387 bytes[1] = ScreenLines2[off]; 7388 bytes[2] = NUL; 7389 } 7390 else if (enc_dbcs && MB_BYTE2LEN(bytes[0]) > 1) 7391 { 7392 bytes[1] = ScreenLines[off + 1]; 7393 bytes[2] = NUL; 7394 } 7395 #endif 7396 } 7397 } 7398 7399 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7400 static int screen_comp_differs(int, int*); 7401 7402 /* 7403 * Return TRUE if composing characters for screen posn "off" differs from 7404 * composing characters in "u8cc". 7405 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0. 7406 */ 7407 static int 7408 screen_comp_differs(int off, int *u8cc) 7409 { 7410 int i; 7411 7412 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 7413 { 7414 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off] != (u8char_T)u8cc[i]) 7415 return TRUE; 7416 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 7417 break; 7418 } 7419 return FALSE; 7420 } 7421 #endif 7422 7423 /* 7424 * Put string '*text' on the screen at position 'row' and 'col', with 7425 * attributes 'attr', and update ScreenLines[] and ScreenAttrs[]. 7426 * Note: only outputs within one row, message is truncated at screen boundary! 7427 * Note: if ScreenLines[], row and/or col is invalid, nothing is done. 7428 */ 7429 void 7430 screen_puts( 7431 char_u *text, 7432 int row, 7433 int col, 7434 int attr) 7435 { 7436 screen_puts_len(text, -1, row, col, attr); 7437 } 7438 7439 /* 7440 * Like screen_puts(), but output "text[len]". When "len" is -1 output up to 7441 * a NUL. 7442 */ 7443 void 7444 screen_puts_len( 7445 char_u *text, 7446 int textlen, 7447 int row, 7448 int col, 7449 int attr) 7450 { 7451 unsigned off; 7452 char_u *ptr = text; 7453 int len = textlen; 7454 int c; 7455 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7456 unsigned max_off; 7457 int mbyte_blen = 1; 7458 int mbyte_cells = 1; 7459 int u8c = 0; 7460 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; 7461 int clear_next_cell = FALSE; 7462 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 7463 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 7464 int pc, nc, nc1; 7465 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 7466 # endif 7467 #endif 7468 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7469 int force_redraw_this; 7470 int force_redraw_next = FALSE; 7471 #endif 7472 int need_redraw; 7473 7474 if (ScreenLines == NULL || row >= screen_Rows) /* safety check */ 7475 return; 7476 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 7477 7478 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7479 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear out the 7480 * left halve. Only needed in a terminal. */ 7481 if (has_mbyte && col > 0 && col < screen_Columns 7482 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 7483 && !gui.in_use 7484 # endif 7485 && mb_fix_col(col, row) != col) 7486 { 7487 ScreenLines[off - 1] = ' '; 7488 ScreenAttrs[off - 1] = 0; 7489 if (enc_utf8) 7490 { 7491 ScreenLinesUC[off - 1] = 0; 7492 ScreenLinesC[0][off - 1] = 0; 7493 } 7494 /* redraw the previous cell, make it empty */ 7495 screen_char(off - 1, row, col - 1); 7496 /* force the cell at "col" to be redrawn */ 7497 force_redraw_next = TRUE; 7498 } 7499 #endif 7500 7501 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7502 max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 7503 #endif 7504 while (col < screen_Columns 7505 && (len < 0 || (int)(ptr - text) < len) 7506 && *ptr != NUL) 7507 { 7508 c = *ptr; 7509 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7510 /* check if this is the first byte of a multibyte */ 7511 if (has_mbyte) 7512 { 7513 if (enc_utf8 && len > 0) 7514 mbyte_blen = utfc_ptr2len_len(ptr, (int)((text + len) - ptr)); 7515 else 7516 mbyte_blen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 7517 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) 7518 mbyte_cells = 1; 7519 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) 7520 mbyte_cells = mbyte_blen; 7521 else /* enc_utf8 */ 7522 { 7523 if (len >= 0) 7524 u8c = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr, u8cc, 7525 (int)((text + len) - ptr)); 7526 else 7527 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); 7528 mbyte_cells = utf_char2cells(u8c); 7529 # ifdef UNICODE16 7530 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ 7531 if (u8c >= 0x10000) 7532 { 7533 u8c = (mbyte_cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; 7534 if (attr == 0) 7535 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 7536 } 7537 # endif 7538 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 7539 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) 7540 { 7541 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 7542 if (len >= 0 && (int)(ptr - text) + mbyte_blen >= len) 7543 { 7544 /* Past end of string to be displayed. */ 7545 nc = NUL; 7546 nc1 = NUL; 7547 } 7548 else 7549 { 7550 nc = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr + mbyte_blen, pcc, 7551 (int)((text + len) - ptr - mbyte_blen)); 7552 nc1 = pcc[0]; 7553 } 7554 pc = prev_c; 7555 prev_c = u8c; 7556 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &c, &u8cc[0], nc, nc1, pc); 7557 } 7558 else 7559 prev_c = u8c; 7560 # endif 7561 if (col + mbyte_cells > screen_Columns) 7562 { 7563 /* Only 1 cell left, but character requires 2 cells: 7564 * display a '>' in the last column to avoid wrapping. */ 7565 c = '>'; 7566 mbyte_cells = 1; 7567 } 7568 } 7569 } 7570 #endif 7571 7572 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7573 force_redraw_this = force_redraw_next; 7574 force_redraw_next = FALSE; 7575 #endif 7576 7577 need_redraw = ScreenLines[off] != c 7578 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7579 || (mbyte_cells == 2 7580 && ScreenLines[off + 1] != (enc_dbcs ? ptr[1] : 0)) 7581 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU 7582 && c == 0x8e 7583 && ScreenLines2[off] != ptr[1]) 7584 || (enc_utf8 7585 && (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 7586 (u8char_T)(c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0 ? 0 : u8c) 7587 || (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0 7588 && screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)))) 7589 #endif 7590 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr 7591 || exmode_active; 7592 7593 if (need_redraw 7594 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7595 || force_redraw_this 7596 #endif 7597 ) 7598 { 7599 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7600 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next 7601 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next 7602 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI 7603 * and for some xterms. */ 7604 if (need_redraw && ScreenLines[off] != ' ' && ( 7605 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 7606 gui.in_use 7607 # endif 7608 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 7609 || 7610 # endif 7611 # ifdef UNIX 7612 term_is_xterm 7613 # endif 7614 )) 7615 { 7616 int n = ScreenAttrs[off]; 7617 7618 if (n > HL_ALL) 7619 n = syn_attr2attr(n); 7620 if (n & HL_BOLD) 7621 force_redraw_next = TRUE; 7622 } 7623 #endif 7624 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7625 /* When at the end of the text and overwriting a two-cell 7626 * character with a one-cell character, need to clear the next 7627 * cell. Also when overwriting the left halve of a two-cell char 7628 * with the right halve of a two-cell char. Do this only once 7629 * (mb_off2cells() may return 2 on the right halve). */ 7630 if (clear_next_cell) 7631 clear_next_cell = FALSE; 7632 else if (has_mbyte 7633 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] == NUL 7634 : ptr + mbyte_blen >= text + len) 7635 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) 7636 || (mbyte_cells == 2 7637 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 7638 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) 7639 clear_next_cell = TRUE; 7640 7641 /* Make sure we never leave a second byte of a double-byte behind, 7642 * it confuses mb_off2cells(). */ 7643 if (enc_dbcs 7644 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) 7645 || (mbyte_cells == 2 7646 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 7647 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) 7648 ScreenLines[off + mbyte_blen] = 0; 7649 #endif 7650 ScreenLines[off] = c; 7651 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; 7652 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7653 if (enc_utf8) 7654 { 7655 if (c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) 7656 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 7657 else 7658 { 7659 int i; 7660 7661 ScreenLinesUC[off] = u8c; 7662 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 7663 { 7664 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; 7665 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 7666 break; 7667 } 7668 } 7669 if (mbyte_cells == 2) 7670 { 7671 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0; 7672 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; 7673 } 7674 screen_char(off, row, col); 7675 } 7676 else if (mbyte_cells == 2) 7677 { 7678 ScreenLines[off + 1] = ptr[1]; 7679 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; 7680 screen_char_2(off, row, col); 7681 } 7682 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) 7683 { 7684 ScreenLines2[off] = ptr[1]; 7685 screen_char(off, row, col); 7686 } 7687 else 7688 #endif 7689 screen_char(off, row, col); 7690 } 7691 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7692 if (has_mbyte) 7693 { 7694 off += mbyte_cells; 7695 col += mbyte_cells; 7696 ptr += mbyte_blen; 7697 if (clear_next_cell) 7698 { 7699 /* This only happens at the end, display one space next. */ 7700 ptr = (char_u *)" "; 7701 len = -1; 7702 } 7703 } 7704 else 7705 #endif 7706 { 7707 ++off; 7708 ++col; 7709 ++ptr; 7710 } 7711 } 7712 7713 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7714 /* If we detected the next character needs to be redrawn, but the text 7715 * doesn't extend up to there, update the character here. */ 7716 if (force_redraw_next && col < screen_Columns) 7717 { 7718 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7719 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off, max_off) > 1) 7720 screen_char_2(off, row, col); 7721 else 7722 # endif 7723 screen_char(off, row, col); 7724 } 7725 #endif 7726 } 7727 7728 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 7729 /* 7730 * Prepare for 'hlsearch' highlighting. 7731 */ 7732 static void 7733 start_search_hl(void) 7734 { 7735 if (p_hls && !no_hlsearch) 7736 { 7737 last_pat_prog(&search_hl.rm); 7738 search_hl.attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_L); 7739 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7740 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 7741 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &search_hl.tm); 7742 # endif 7743 } 7744 } 7745 7746 /* 7747 * Clean up for 'hlsearch' highlighting. 7748 */ 7749 static void 7750 end_search_hl(void) 7751 { 7752 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL) 7753 { 7754 vim_regfree(search_hl.rm.regprog); 7755 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; 7756 } 7757 } 7758 7759 /* 7760 * Init for calling prepare_search_hl(). 7761 */ 7762 static void 7763 init_search_hl(win_T *wp) 7764 { 7765 matchitem_T *cur; 7766 7767 /* Setup for match and 'hlsearch' highlighting. Disable any previous 7768 * match */ 7769 cur = wp->w_match_head; 7770 while (cur != NULL) 7771 { 7772 cur->hl.rm = cur->match; 7773 if (cur->hlg_id == 0) 7774 cur->hl.attr = 0; 7775 else 7776 cur->hl.attr = syn_id2attr(cur->hlg_id); 7777 cur->hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; 7778 cur->hl.lnum = 0; 7779 cur->hl.first_lnum = 0; 7780 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7781 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 7782 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &(cur->hl.tm)); 7783 # endif 7784 cur = cur->next; 7785 } 7786 search_hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; 7787 search_hl.lnum = 0; 7788 search_hl.first_lnum = 0; 7789 /* time limit is set at the toplevel, for all windows */ 7790 } 7791 7792 /* 7793 * Advance to the match in window "wp" line "lnum" or past it. 7794 */ 7795 static void 7796 prepare_search_hl(win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum) 7797 { 7798 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ 7799 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ 7800 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl 7801 has been processed or not */ 7802 int pos_inprogress; /* marks that position match search is 7803 in progress */ 7804 int n; 7805 7806 /* 7807 * When using a multi-line pattern, start searching at the top 7808 * of the window or just after a closed fold. 7809 * Do this both for search_hl and the match list. 7810 */ 7811 cur = wp->w_match_head; 7812 shl_flag = FALSE; 7813 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 7814 { 7815 if (shl_flag == FALSE) 7816 { 7817 shl = &search_hl; 7818 shl_flag = TRUE; 7819 } 7820 else 7821 shl = &cur->hl; 7822 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL 7823 && shl->lnum == 0 7824 && re_multiline(shl->rm.regprog)) 7825 { 7826 if (shl->first_lnum == 0) 7827 { 7828 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 7829 for (shl->first_lnum = lnum; 7830 shl->first_lnum > wp->w_topline; --shl->first_lnum) 7831 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, shl->first_lnum - 1, 7832 NULL, NULL, TRUE, NULL)) 7833 break; 7834 # else 7835 shl->first_lnum = wp->w_topline; 7836 # endif 7837 } 7838 if (cur != NULL) 7839 cur->pos.cur = 0; 7840 pos_inprogress = TRUE; 7841 n = 0; 7842 while (shl->first_lnum < lnum && (shl->rm.regprog != NULL 7843 || (cur != NULL && pos_inprogress))) 7844 { 7845 next_search_hl(wp, shl, shl->first_lnum, (colnr_T)n, 7846 shl == &search_hl ? NULL : cur); 7847 pos_inprogress = cur == NULL || cur->pos.cur == 0 7848 ? FALSE : TRUE; 7849 if (shl->lnum != 0) 7850 { 7851 shl->first_lnum = shl->lnum 7852 + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum 7853 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 7854 n = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 7855 } 7856 else 7857 { 7858 ++shl->first_lnum; 7859 n = 0; 7860 } 7861 } 7862 } 7863 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 7864 cur = cur->next; 7865 } 7866 } 7867 7868 /* 7869 * Search for a next 'hlsearch' or match. 7870 * Uses shl->buf. 7871 * Sets shl->lnum and shl->rm contents. 7872 * Note: Assumes a previous match is always before "lnum", unless 7873 * shl->lnum is zero. 7874 * Careful: Any pointers for buffer lines will become invalid. 7875 */ 7876 static void 7877 next_search_hl( 7878 win_T *win, 7879 match_T *shl, /* points to search_hl or a match */ 7880 linenr_T lnum, 7881 colnr_T mincol, /* minimal column for a match */ 7882 matchitem_T *cur) /* to retrieve match positions if any */ 7883 { 7884 linenr_T l; 7885 colnr_T matchcol; 7886 long nmatched; 7887 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; 7888 7889 if (shl->lnum != 0) 7890 { 7891 /* Check for three situations: 7892 * 1. If the "lnum" is below a previous match, start a new search. 7893 * 2. If the previous match includes "mincol", use it. 7894 * 3. Continue after the previous match. 7895 */ 7896 l = shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 7897 if (lnum > l) 7898 shl->lnum = 0; 7899 else if (lnum < l || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) 7900 return; 7901 } 7902 7903 /* 7904 * Repeat searching for a match until one is found that includes "mincol" 7905 * or none is found in this line. 7906 */ 7907 called_emsg = FALSE; 7908 for (;;) 7909 { 7910 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7911 /* Stop searching after passing the time limit. */ 7912 if (profile_passed_limit(&(shl->tm))) 7913 { 7914 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found in time */ 7915 break; 7916 } 7917 #endif 7918 /* Three situations: 7919 * 1. No useful previous match: search from start of line. 7920 * 2. Not Vi compatible or empty match: continue at next character. 7921 * Break the loop if this is beyond the end of the line. 7922 * 3. Vi compatible searching: continue at end of previous match. 7923 */ 7924 if (shl->lnum == 0) 7925 matchcol = 0; 7926 else if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SEARCH) == NULL 7927 || (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0 7928 && shl->rm.endpos[0].col <= shl->rm.startpos[0].col)) 7929 { 7930 char_u *ml; 7931 7932 matchcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 7933 ml = ml_get_buf(shl->buf, lnum, FALSE) + matchcol; 7934 if (*ml == NUL) 7935 { 7936 ++matchcol; 7937 shl->lnum = 0; 7938 break; 7939 } 7940 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7941 if (has_mbyte) 7942 matchcol += mb_ptr2len(ml); 7943 else 7944 #endif 7945 ++matchcol; 7946 } 7947 else 7948 matchcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 7949 7950 shl->lnum = lnum; 7951 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL) 7952 { 7953 /* Remember whether shl->rm is using a copy of the regprog in 7954 * cur->match. */ 7955 int regprog_is_copy = (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL 7956 && shl == &cur->hl 7957 && cur->match.regprog == cur->hl.rm.regprog); 7958 int timed_out = FALSE; 7959 7960 nmatched = vim_regexec_multi(&shl->rm, win, shl->buf, lnum, 7961 matchcol, 7962 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7963 &(shl->tm), &timed_out 7964 #else 7965 NULL, NULL 7966 #endif 7967 ); 7968 /* Copy the regprog, in case it got freed and recompiled. */ 7969 if (regprog_is_copy) 7970 cur->match.regprog = cur->hl.rm.regprog; 7971 7972 if (called_emsg || got_int || timed_out) 7973 { 7974 /* Error while handling regexp: stop using this regexp. */ 7975 if (shl == &search_hl) 7976 { 7977 /* don't free regprog in the match list, it's a copy */ 7978 vim_regfree(shl->rm.regprog); 7979 set_no_hlsearch(TRUE); 7980 } 7981 shl->rm.regprog = NULL; 7982 shl->lnum = 0; 7983 got_int = FALSE; /* avoid the "Type :quit to exit Vim" 7984 message */ 7985 break; 7986 } 7987 } 7988 else if (cur != NULL) 7989 nmatched = next_search_hl_pos(shl, lnum, &(cur->pos), matchcol); 7990 else 7991 nmatched = 0; 7992 if (nmatched == 0) 7993 { 7994 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found */ 7995 break; 7996 } 7997 if (shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum > 0 7998 || shl->rm.startpos[0].col >= mincol 7999 || nmatched > 1 8000 || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) 8001 { 8002 shl->lnum += shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 8003 break; /* useful match found */ 8004 } 8005 } 8006 8007 // Restore called_emsg for assert_fails(). 8008 called_emsg = save_called_emsg; 8009 } 8010 8011 /* 8012 * If there is a match fill "shl" and return one. 8013 * Return zero otherwise. 8014 */ 8015 static int 8016 next_search_hl_pos( 8017 match_T *shl, /* points to a match */ 8018 linenr_T lnum, 8019 posmatch_T *posmatch, /* match positions */ 8020 colnr_T mincol) /* minimal column for a match */ 8021 { 8022 int i; 8023 int found = -1; 8024 8025 for (i = posmatch->cur; i < MAXPOSMATCH; i++) 8026 { 8027 llpos_T *pos = &posmatch->pos[i]; 8028 8029 if (pos->lnum == 0) 8030 break; 8031 if (pos->len == 0 && pos->col < mincol) 8032 continue; 8033 if (pos->lnum == lnum) 8034 { 8035 if (found >= 0) 8036 { 8037 /* if this match comes before the one at "found" then swap 8038 * them */ 8039 if (pos->col < posmatch->pos[found].col) 8040 { 8041 llpos_T tmp = *pos; 8042 8043 *pos = posmatch->pos[found]; 8044 posmatch->pos[found] = tmp; 8045 } 8046 } 8047 else 8048 found = i; 8049 } 8050 } 8051 posmatch->cur = 0; 8052 if (found >= 0) 8053 { 8054 colnr_T start = posmatch->pos[found].col == 0 8055 ? 0 : posmatch->pos[found].col - 1; 8056 colnr_T end = posmatch->pos[found].col == 0 8057 ? MAXCOL : start + posmatch->pos[found].len; 8058 8059 shl->lnum = lnum; 8060 shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum = 0; 8061 shl->rm.startpos[0].col = start; 8062 shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum = 0; 8063 shl->rm.endpos[0].col = end; 8064 shl->is_addpos = TRUE; 8065 posmatch->cur = found + 1; 8066 return 1; 8067 } 8068 return 0; 8069 } 8070 #endif 8071 8072 static void 8073 screen_start_highlight(int attr) 8074 { 8075 attrentry_T *aep = NULL; 8076 8077 screen_attr = attr; 8078 if (full_screen 8079 #ifdef WIN3264 8080 && termcap_active 8081 #endif 8082 ) 8083 { 8084 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8085 if (gui.in_use) 8086 { 8087 char buf[20]; 8088 8089 /* The GUI handles this internally. */ 8090 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dh", ESC_STR "|%dh"), attr); 8091 OUT_STR(buf); 8092 } 8093 else 8094 #endif 8095 { 8096 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ 8097 { 8098 if (IS_CTERM) 8099 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr); 8100 else 8101 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr); 8102 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 8103 attr = 0; 8104 else 8105 attr = aep->ae_attr; 8106 } 8107 if ((attr & HL_BOLD) && *T_MD != NUL) /* bold */ 8108 out_str(T_MD); 8109 else if (aep != NULL && cterm_normal_fg_bold && ( 8110 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8111 p_tgc && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != CTERMCOLOR 8112 ? aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != INVALCOLOR 8113 : 8114 #endif 8115 t_colors > 1 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color)) 8116 /* If the Normal FG color has BOLD attribute and the new HL 8117 * has a FG color defined, clear BOLD. */ 8118 out_str(T_ME); 8119 if ((attr & HL_STANDOUT) && *T_SO != NUL) /* standout */ 8120 out_str(T_SO); 8121 if ((attr & HL_UNDERCURL) && *T_UCS != NUL) /* undercurl */ 8122 out_str(T_UCS); 8123 if (((attr & HL_UNDERLINE) /* underline or undercurl */ 8124 || ((attr & HL_UNDERCURL) && *T_UCS == NUL)) 8125 && *T_US != NUL) 8126 out_str(T_US); 8127 if ((attr & HL_ITALIC) && *T_CZH != NUL) /* italic */ 8128 out_str(T_CZH); 8129 if ((attr & HL_INVERSE) && *T_MR != NUL) /* inverse (reverse) */ 8130 out_str(T_MR); 8131 if ((attr & HL_STRIKETHROUGH) && *T_STS != NUL) /* strike */ 8132 out_str(T_STS); 8133 8134 /* 8135 * Output the color or start string after bold etc., in case the 8136 * bold etc. override the color setting. 8137 */ 8138 if (aep != NULL) 8139 { 8140 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8141 /* When 'termguicolors' is set but fg or bg is unset, 8142 * fall back to the cterm colors. This helps for SpellBad, 8143 * where the GUI uses a red undercurl. */ 8144 if (p_tgc && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != CTERMCOLOR) 8145 { 8146 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != INVALCOLOR) 8147 term_fg_rgb_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb); 8148 } 8149 else 8150 #endif 8151 if (t_colors > 1) 8152 { 8153 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color) 8154 term_fg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color - 1); 8155 } 8156 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8157 if (p_tgc && aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb != CTERMCOLOR) 8158 { 8159 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb != INVALCOLOR) 8160 term_bg_rgb_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb); 8161 } 8162 else 8163 #endif 8164 if (t_colors > 1) 8165 { 8166 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color) 8167 term_bg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color - 1); 8168 } 8169 8170 if (!IS_CTERM) 8171 { 8172 if (aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL) 8173 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.start); 8174 } 8175 } 8176 } 8177 } 8178 } 8179 8180 void 8181 screen_stop_highlight(void) 8182 { 8183 int do_ME = FALSE; /* output T_ME code */ 8184 8185 if (screen_attr != 0 8186 #ifdef WIN3264 8187 && termcap_active 8188 #endif 8189 ) 8190 { 8191 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8192 if (gui.in_use) 8193 { 8194 char buf[20]; 8195 8196 /* use internal GUI code */ 8197 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dH", ESC_STR "|%dH"), screen_attr); 8198 OUT_STR(buf); 8199 } 8200 else 8201 #endif 8202 { 8203 if (screen_attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ 8204 { 8205 attrentry_T *aep; 8206 8207 if (IS_CTERM) 8208 { 8209 /* 8210 * Assume that t_me restores the original colors! 8211 */ 8212 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(screen_attr); 8213 if (aep != NULL && (( 8214 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8215 p_tgc && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != CTERMCOLOR 8216 ? aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != INVALCOLOR 8217 : 8218 #endif 8219 aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color) || ( 8220 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8221 p_tgc && aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb != CTERMCOLOR 8222 ? aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb != INVALCOLOR 8223 : 8224 #endif 8225 aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color))) 8226 do_ME = TRUE; 8227 } 8228 else 8229 { 8230 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(screen_attr); 8231 if (aep != NULL && aep->ae_u.term.stop != NULL) 8232 { 8233 if (STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, T_ME) == 0) 8234 do_ME = TRUE; 8235 else 8236 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.stop); 8237 } 8238 } 8239 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 8240 screen_attr = 0; 8241 else 8242 screen_attr = aep->ae_attr; 8243 } 8244 8245 /* 8246 * Often all ending-codes are equal to T_ME. Avoid outputting the 8247 * same sequence several times. 8248 */ 8249 if (screen_attr & HL_STANDOUT) 8250 { 8251 if (STRCMP(T_SE, T_ME) == 0) 8252 do_ME = TRUE; 8253 else 8254 out_str(T_SE); 8255 } 8256 if ((screen_attr & HL_UNDERCURL) && *T_UCE != NUL) 8257 { 8258 if (STRCMP(T_UCE, T_ME) == 0) 8259 do_ME = TRUE; 8260 else 8261 out_str(T_UCE); 8262 } 8263 if ((screen_attr & HL_UNDERLINE) 8264 || ((screen_attr & HL_UNDERCURL) && *T_UCE == NUL)) 8265 { 8266 if (STRCMP(T_UE, T_ME) == 0) 8267 do_ME = TRUE; 8268 else 8269 out_str(T_UE); 8270 } 8271 if (screen_attr & HL_ITALIC) 8272 { 8273 if (STRCMP(T_CZR, T_ME) == 0) 8274 do_ME = TRUE; 8275 else 8276 out_str(T_CZR); 8277 } 8278 if (screen_attr & HL_STRIKETHROUGH) 8279 { 8280 if (STRCMP(T_STE, T_ME) == 0) 8281 do_ME = TRUE; 8282 else 8283 out_str(T_STE); 8284 } 8285 if (do_ME || (screen_attr & (HL_BOLD | HL_INVERSE))) 8286 out_str(T_ME); 8287 8288 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8289 if (p_tgc) 8290 { 8291 if (cterm_normal_fg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR) 8292 term_fg_rgb_color(cterm_normal_fg_gui_color); 8293 if (cterm_normal_bg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR) 8294 term_bg_rgb_color(cterm_normal_bg_gui_color); 8295 } 8296 else 8297 #endif 8298 { 8299 if (t_colors > 1) 8300 { 8301 /* set Normal cterm colors */ 8302 if (cterm_normal_fg_color != 0) 8303 term_fg_color(cterm_normal_fg_color - 1); 8304 if (cterm_normal_bg_color != 0) 8305 term_bg_color(cterm_normal_bg_color - 1); 8306 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) 8307 out_str(T_MD); 8308 } 8309 } 8310 } 8311 } 8312 screen_attr = 0; 8313 } 8314 8315 /* 8316 * Reset the colors for a cterm. Used when leaving Vim. 8317 * The machine specific code may override this again. 8318 */ 8319 void 8320 reset_cterm_colors(void) 8321 { 8322 if (IS_CTERM) 8323 { 8324 /* set Normal cterm colors */ 8325 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8326 if (p_tgc ? (cterm_normal_fg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR 8327 || cterm_normal_bg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR) 8328 : (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0)) 8329 #else 8330 if (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0) 8331 #endif 8332 { 8333 out_str(T_OP); 8334 screen_attr = -1; 8335 } 8336 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) 8337 { 8338 out_str(T_ME); 8339 screen_attr = -1; 8340 } 8341 } 8342 } 8343 8344 /* 8345 * Put character ScreenLines["off"] on the screen at position "row" and "col", 8346 * using the attributes from ScreenAttrs["off"]. 8347 */ 8348 static void 8349 screen_char(unsigned off, int row, int col) 8350 { 8351 int attr; 8352 8353 /* Check for illegal values, just in case (could happen just after 8354 * resizing). */ 8355 if (row >= screen_Rows || col >= screen_Columns) 8356 return; 8357 8358 /* Outputting a character in the last cell on the screen may scroll the 8359 * screen up. Only do it when the "xn" termcap property is set, otherwise 8360 * mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up). */ 8361 if (*T_XN == NUL 8362 && row == screen_Rows - 1 && col == screen_Columns - 1 8363 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8364 /* account for first command-line character in rightleft mode */ 8365 && !cmdmsg_rl 8366 #endif 8367 ) 8368 { 8369 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; 8370 return; 8371 } 8372 8373 /* 8374 * Stop highlighting first, so it's easier to move the cursor. 8375 */ 8376 if (screen_char_attr != 0) 8377 attr = screen_char_attr; 8378 else 8379 attr = ScreenAttrs[off]; 8380 if (screen_attr != attr) 8381 screen_stop_highlight(); 8382 8383 windgoto(row, col); 8384 8385 if (screen_attr != attr) 8386 screen_start_highlight(attr); 8387 8388 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8389 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) 8390 { 8391 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 8392 8393 if (utf_ambiguous_width(ScreenLinesUC[off])) 8394 { 8395 if (*p_ambw == 'd' 8396 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 8397 && !gui.in_use 8398 # endif 8399 ) 8400 { 8401 /* Clear the two screen cells. If the character is actually 8402 * single width it won't change the second cell. */ 8403 out_str((char_u *)" "); 8404 term_windgoto(row, col); 8405 } 8406 /* not sure where the cursor is after drawing the ambiguous width 8407 * character */ 8408 screen_cur_col = 9999; 8409 } 8410 else if (utf_char2cells(ScreenLinesUC[off]) > 1) 8411 ++screen_cur_col; 8412 8413 /* Convert the UTF-8 character to bytes and write it. */ 8414 buf[utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)] = NUL; 8415 out_str(buf); 8416 } 8417 else 8418 #endif 8419 { 8420 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8421 out_flush_check(); 8422 #endif 8423 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); 8424 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8425 /* double-byte character in single-width cell */ 8426 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 8427 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); 8428 #endif 8429 } 8430 8431 screen_cur_col++; 8432 } 8433 8434 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8435 8436 /* 8437 * Used for enc_dbcs only: Put one double-wide character at ScreenLines["off"] 8438 * on the screen at position 'row' and 'col'. 8439 * The attributes of the first byte is used for all. This is required to 8440 * output the two bytes of a double-byte character with nothing in between. 8441 */ 8442 static void 8443 screen_char_2(unsigned off, int row, int col) 8444 { 8445 /* Check for illegal values (could be wrong when screen was resized). */ 8446 if (off + 1 >= (unsigned)(screen_Rows * screen_Columns)) 8447 return; 8448 8449 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. 8450 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ 8451 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col >= screen_Columns - 2) 8452 { 8453 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; 8454 return; 8455 } 8456 8457 /* Output the first byte normally (positions the cursor), then write the 8458 * second byte directly. */ 8459 screen_char(off, row, col); 8460 out_char(ScreenLines[off + 1]); 8461 ++screen_cur_col; 8462 } 8463 #endif 8464 8465 /* 8466 * Draw a rectangle of the screen, inverted when "invert" is TRUE. 8467 * This uses the contents of ScreenLines[] and doesn't change it. 8468 */ 8469 void 8470 screen_draw_rectangle( 8471 int row, 8472 int col, 8473 int height, 8474 int width, 8475 int invert) 8476 { 8477 int r, c; 8478 int off; 8479 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8480 int max_off; 8481 #endif 8482 8483 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ 8484 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 8485 return; 8486 8487 if (invert) 8488 screen_char_attr = HL_INVERSE; 8489 for (r = row; r < row + height; ++r) 8490 { 8491 off = LineOffset[r]; 8492 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8493 max_off = off + screen_Columns; 8494 #endif 8495 for (c = col; c < col + width; ++c) 8496 { 8497 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8498 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) 8499 { 8500 screen_char_2(off + c, r, c); 8501 ++c; 8502 } 8503 else 8504 #endif 8505 { 8506 screen_char(off + c, r, c); 8507 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8508 if (utf_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) 8509 ++c; 8510 #endif 8511 } 8512 } 8513 } 8514 screen_char_attr = 0; 8515 } 8516 8517 /* 8518 * Redraw the characters for a vertically split window. 8519 */ 8520 static void 8521 redraw_block(int row, int end, win_T *wp) 8522 { 8523 int col; 8524 int width; 8525 8526 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 8527 clip_may_clear_selection(row, end - 1); 8528 # endif 8529 8530 if (wp == NULL) 8531 { 8532 col = 0; 8533 width = Columns; 8534 } 8535 else 8536 { 8537 col = wp->w_wincol; 8538 width = wp->w_width; 8539 } 8540 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, end - row, width, FALSE); 8541 } 8542 8543 static void 8544 space_to_screenline(int off, int attr) 8545 { 8546 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 8547 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; 8548 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8549 if (enc_utf8) 8550 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 8551 # endif 8552 } 8553 8554 /* 8555 * Fill the screen from 'start_row' to 'end_row', from 'start_col' to 'end_col' 8556 * with character 'c1' in first column followed by 'c2' in the other columns. 8557 * Use attributes 'attr'. 8558 */ 8559 void 8560 screen_fill( 8561 int start_row, 8562 int end_row, 8563 int start_col, 8564 int end_col, 8565 int c1, 8566 int c2, 8567 int attr) 8568 { 8569 int row; 8570 int col; 8571 int off; 8572 int end_off; 8573 int did_delete; 8574 int c; 8575 int norm_term; 8576 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 8577 int force_next = FALSE; 8578 #endif 8579 8580 if (end_row > screen_Rows) /* safety check */ 8581 end_row = screen_Rows; 8582 if (end_col > screen_Columns) /* safety check */ 8583 end_col = screen_Columns; 8584 if (ScreenLines == NULL 8585 || start_row >= end_row 8586 || start_col >= end_col) /* nothing to do */ 8587 return; 8588 8589 /* it's a "normal" terminal when not in a GUI or cterm */ 8590 norm_term = ( 8591 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8592 !gui.in_use && 8593 #endif 8594 !IS_CTERM); 8595 for (row = start_row; row < end_row; ++row) 8596 { 8597 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8598 if (has_mbyte 8599 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 8600 && !gui.in_use 8601 # endif 8602 ) 8603 { 8604 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear 8605 * out the left halve. When drawing over the left halve of a 8606 * double wide-char clear out the right halve. Only needed in a 8607 * terminal. */ 8608 if (start_col > 0 && mb_fix_col(start_col, row) != start_col) 8609 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, start_col - 1, 0); 8610 if (end_col < screen_Columns && mb_fix_col(end_col, row) != end_col) 8611 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, end_col, 0); 8612 } 8613 #endif 8614 /* 8615 * Try to use delete-line termcap code, when no attributes or in a 8616 * "normal" terminal, where a bold/italic space is just a 8617 * space. 8618 */ 8619 did_delete = FALSE; 8620 if (c2 == ' ' 8621 && end_col == Columns 8622 && can_clear(T_CE) 8623 && (attr == 0 8624 || (norm_term 8625 && attr <= HL_ALL 8626 && ((attr & ~(HL_BOLD | HL_ITALIC)) == 0)))) 8627 { 8628 /* 8629 * check if we really need to clear something 8630 */ 8631 col = start_col; 8632 if (c1 != ' ') /* don't clear first char */ 8633 ++col; 8634 8635 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 8636 end_off = LineOffset[row] + end_col; 8637 8638 /* skip blanks (used often, keep it fast!) */ 8639 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8640 if (enc_utf8) 8641 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' 8642 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0 && ScreenLinesUC[off] == 0) 8643 ++off; 8644 else 8645 #endif 8646 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' 8647 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0) 8648 ++off; 8649 if (off < end_off) /* something to be cleared */ 8650 { 8651 col = off - LineOffset[row]; 8652 screen_stop_highlight(); 8653 term_windgoto(row, col);/* clear rest of this screen line */ 8654 out_str(T_CE); 8655 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 8656 col = end_col - col; 8657 while (col--) /* clear chars in ScreenLines */ 8658 { 8659 space_to_screenline(off, 0); 8660 ++off; 8661 } 8662 } 8663 did_delete = TRUE; /* the chars are cleared now */ 8664 } 8665 8666 off = LineOffset[row] + start_col; 8667 c = c1; 8668 for (col = start_col; col < end_col; ++col) 8669 { 8670 if (ScreenLines[off] != c 8671 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8672 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off] 8673 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) 8674 #endif 8675 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr 8676 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 8677 || force_next 8678 #endif 8679 ) 8680 { 8681 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 8682 /* The bold trick may make a single row of pixels appear in 8683 * the next character. When a bold character is removed, the 8684 * next character should be redrawn too. This happens for our 8685 * own GUI and for some xterms. */ 8686 if ( 8687 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 8688 gui.in_use 8689 # endif 8690 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 8691 || 8692 # endif 8693 # ifdef UNIX 8694 term_is_xterm 8695 # endif 8696 ) 8697 { 8698 if (ScreenLines[off] != ' ' 8699 && (ScreenAttrs[off] > HL_ALL 8700 || ScreenAttrs[off] & HL_BOLD)) 8701 force_next = TRUE; 8702 else 8703 force_next = FALSE; 8704 } 8705 #endif 8706 ScreenLines[off] = c; 8707 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8708 if (enc_utf8) 8709 { 8710 if (c >= 0x80) 8711 { 8712 ScreenLinesUC[off] = c; 8713 ScreenLinesC[0][off] = 0; 8714 } 8715 else 8716 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 8717 } 8718 #endif 8719 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; 8720 if (!did_delete || c != ' ') 8721 screen_char(off, row, col); 8722 } 8723 ++off; 8724 if (col == start_col) 8725 { 8726 if (did_delete) 8727 break; 8728 c = c2; 8729 } 8730 } 8731 if (end_col == Columns) 8732 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; 8733 if (row == Rows - 1) /* overwritten the command line */ 8734 { 8735 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 8736 if (start_col == 0 && end_col == Columns 8737 && c1 == ' ' && c2 == ' ' && attr == 0) 8738 clear_cmdline = FALSE; /* command line has been cleared */ 8739 if (start_col == 0) 8740 mode_displayed = FALSE; /* mode cleared or overwritten */ 8741 } 8742 } 8743 } 8744 8745 /* 8746 * Check if there should be a delay. Used before clearing or redrawing the 8747 * screen or the command line. 8748 */ 8749 void 8750 check_for_delay(int check_msg_scroll) 8751 { 8752 if ((emsg_on_display || (check_msg_scroll && msg_scroll)) 8753 && !did_wait_return 8754 && emsg_silent == 0) 8755 { 8756 out_flush(); 8757 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); 8758 emsg_on_display = FALSE; 8759 if (check_msg_scroll) 8760 msg_scroll = FALSE; 8761 } 8762 } 8763 8764 /* 8765 * screen_valid - allocate screen buffers if size changed 8766 * If "doclear" is TRUE: clear screen if it has been resized. 8767 * Returns TRUE if there is a valid screen to write to. 8768 * Returns FALSE when starting up and screen not initialized yet. 8769 */ 8770 int 8771 screen_valid(int doclear) 8772 { 8773 screenalloc(doclear); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ 8774 return (ScreenLines != NULL); 8775 } 8776 8777 /* 8778 * Resize the shell to Rows and Columns. 8779 * Allocate ScreenLines[] and associated items. 8780 * 8781 * There may be some time between setting Rows and Columns and (re)allocating 8782 * ScreenLines[]. This happens when starting up and when (manually) changing 8783 * the shell size. Always use screen_Rows and screen_Columns to access items 8784 * in ScreenLines[]. Use Rows and Columns for positioning text etc. where the 8785 * final size of the shell is needed. 8786 */ 8787 void 8788 screenalloc(int doclear) 8789 { 8790 int new_row, old_row; 8791 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8792 int old_Rows; 8793 #endif 8794 win_T *wp; 8795 int outofmem = FALSE; 8796 int len; 8797 schar_T *new_ScreenLines; 8798 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8799 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; 8800 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesC[MAX_MCO]; 8801 schar_T *new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; 8802 int i; 8803 #endif 8804 sattr_T *new_ScreenAttrs; 8805 unsigned *new_LineOffset; 8806 char_u *new_LineWraps; 8807 short *new_TabPageIdxs; 8808 tabpage_T *tp; 8809 static int entered = FALSE; /* avoid recursiveness */ 8810 static int done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; /* did outofmem message */ 8811 int retry_count = 0; 8812 8813 retry: 8814 /* 8815 * Allocation of the screen buffers is done only when the size changes and 8816 * when Rows and Columns have been set and we have started doing full 8817 * screen stuff. 8818 */ 8819 if ((ScreenLines != NULL 8820 && Rows == screen_Rows 8821 && Columns == screen_Columns 8822 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8823 && enc_utf8 == (ScreenLinesUC != NULL) 8824 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) == (ScreenLines2 != NULL) 8825 && p_mco == Screen_mco 8826 #endif 8827 ) 8828 || Rows == 0 8829 || Columns == 0 8830 || (!full_screen && ScreenLines == NULL)) 8831 return; 8832 8833 /* 8834 * It's possible that we produce an out-of-memory message below, which 8835 * will cause this function to be called again. To break the loop, just 8836 * return here. 8837 */ 8838 if (entered) 8839 return; 8840 entered = TRUE; 8841 8842 /* 8843 * Note that the window sizes are updated before reallocating the arrays, 8844 * thus we must not redraw here! 8845 */ 8846 ++RedrawingDisabled; 8847 8848 win_new_shellsize(); /* fit the windows in the new sized shell */ 8849 8850 comp_col(); /* recompute columns for shown command and ruler */ 8851 8852 /* 8853 * We're changing the size of the screen. 8854 * - Allocate new arrays for ScreenLines and ScreenAttrs. 8855 * - Move lines from the old arrays into the new arrays, clear extra 8856 * lines (unless the screen is going to be cleared). 8857 * - Free the old arrays. 8858 * 8859 * If anything fails, make ScreenLines NULL, so we don't do anything! 8860 * Continuing with the old ScreenLines may result in a crash, because the 8861 * size is wrong. 8862 */ 8863 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 8864 win_free_lsize(wp); 8865 if (aucmd_win != NULL) 8866 win_free_lsize(aucmd_win); 8867 8868 new_ScreenLines = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8869 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 8870 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8871 vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC, 0, sizeof(u8char_T *) * MAX_MCO); 8872 if (enc_utf8) 8873 { 8874 new_ScreenLinesUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8875 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 8876 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8877 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc_clear((long_u)( 8878 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 8879 } 8880 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 8881 new_ScreenLines2 = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8882 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 8883 #endif 8884 new_ScreenAttrs = (sattr_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8885 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); 8886 new_LineOffset = (unsigned *)lalloc((long_u)( 8887 Rows * sizeof(unsigned)), FALSE); 8888 new_LineWraps = (char_u *)lalloc((long_u)(Rows * sizeof(char_u)), FALSE); 8889 new_TabPageIdxs = (short *)lalloc((long_u)(Columns * sizeof(short)), FALSE); 8890 8891 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 8892 { 8893 if (win_alloc_lines(wp) == FAIL) 8894 { 8895 outofmem = TRUE; 8896 goto give_up; 8897 } 8898 } 8899 if (aucmd_win != NULL && aucmd_win->w_lines == NULL 8900 && win_alloc_lines(aucmd_win) == FAIL) 8901 outofmem = TRUE; 8902 give_up: 8903 8904 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8905 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8906 if (new_ScreenLinesC[i] == NULL) 8907 break; 8908 #endif 8909 if (new_ScreenLines == NULL 8910 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8911 || (enc_utf8 && (new_ScreenLinesUC == NULL || i != p_mco)) 8912 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && new_ScreenLines2 == NULL) 8913 #endif 8914 || new_ScreenAttrs == NULL 8915 || new_LineOffset == NULL 8916 || new_LineWraps == NULL 8917 || new_TabPageIdxs == NULL 8918 || outofmem) 8919 { 8920 if (ScreenLines != NULL || !done_outofmem_msg) 8921 { 8922 /* guess the size */ 8923 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)((Rows + 1) * Columns)); 8924 8925 /* Remember we did this to avoid getting outofmem messages over 8926 * and over again. */ 8927 done_outofmem_msg = TRUE; 8928 } 8929 VIM_CLEAR(new_ScreenLines); 8930 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8931 VIM_CLEAR(new_ScreenLinesUC); 8932 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8933 VIM_CLEAR(new_ScreenLinesC[i]); 8934 VIM_CLEAR(new_ScreenLines2); 8935 #endif 8936 VIM_CLEAR(new_ScreenAttrs); 8937 VIM_CLEAR(new_LineOffset); 8938 VIM_CLEAR(new_LineWraps); 8939 VIM_CLEAR(new_TabPageIdxs); 8940 } 8941 else 8942 { 8943 done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; 8944 8945 for (new_row = 0; new_row < Rows; ++new_row) 8946 { 8947 new_LineOffset[new_row] = new_row * Columns; 8948 new_LineWraps[new_row] = FALSE; 8949 8950 /* 8951 * If the screen is not going to be cleared, copy as much as 8952 * possible from the old screen to the new one and clear the rest 8953 * (used when resizing the window at the "--more--" prompt or when 8954 * executing an external command, for the GUI). 8955 */ 8956 if (!doclear) 8957 { 8958 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines + new_row * Columns, 8959 ' ', (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); 8960 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8961 if (enc_utf8) 8962 { 8963 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_row * Columns, 8964 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8965 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8966 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC[i] 8967 + new_row * Columns, 8968 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8969 } 8970 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 8971 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines2 + new_row * Columns, 8972 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); 8973 #endif 8974 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenAttrs + new_row * Columns, 8975 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)); 8976 old_row = new_row + (screen_Rows - Rows); 8977 if (old_row >= 0 && ScreenLines != NULL) 8978 { 8979 if (screen_Columns < Columns) 8980 len = screen_Columns; 8981 else 8982 len = Columns; 8983 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8984 /* When switching to utf-8 don't copy characters, they 8985 * may be invalid now. Also when p_mco changes. */ 8986 if (!(enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC == NULL) 8987 && p_mco == Screen_mco) 8988 #endif 8989 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8990 ScreenLines + LineOffset[old_row], 8991 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); 8992 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8993 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC != NULL 8994 && p_mco == Screen_mco) 8995 { 8996 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8997 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[old_row], 8998 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8999 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 9000 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC[i] 9001 + new_LineOffset[new_row], 9002 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[old_row], 9003 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); 9004 } 9005 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines2 != NULL) 9006 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines2 + new_LineOffset[new_row], 9007 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[old_row], 9008 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); 9009 #endif 9010 mch_memmove(new_ScreenAttrs + new_LineOffset[new_row], 9011 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[old_row], 9012 (size_t)len * sizeof(sattr_T)); 9013 } 9014 } 9015 } 9016 /* Use the last line of the screen for the current line. */ 9017 current_ScreenLine = new_ScreenLines + Rows * Columns; 9018 } 9019 9020 free_screenlines(); 9021 9022 ScreenLines = new_ScreenLines; 9023 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9024 ScreenLinesUC = new_ScreenLinesUC; 9025 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 9026 ScreenLinesC[i] = new_ScreenLinesC[i]; 9027 Screen_mco = p_mco; 9028 ScreenLines2 = new_ScreenLines2; 9029 #endif 9030 ScreenAttrs = new_ScreenAttrs; 9031 LineOffset = new_LineOffset; 9032 LineWraps = new_LineWraps; 9033 TabPageIdxs = new_TabPageIdxs; 9034 9035 /* It's important that screen_Rows and screen_Columns reflect the actual 9036 * size of ScreenLines[]. Set them before calling anything. */ 9037 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9038 old_Rows = screen_Rows; 9039 #endif 9040 screen_Rows = Rows; 9041 screen_Columns = Columns; 9042 9043 must_redraw = CLEAR; /* need to clear the screen later */ 9044 if (doclear) 9045 screenclear2(); 9046 9047 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9048 else if (gui.in_use 9049 && !gui.starting 9050 && ScreenLines != NULL 9051 && old_Rows != Rows) 9052 { 9053 (void)gui_redraw_block(0, 0, (int)Rows - 1, (int)Columns - 1, 0); 9054 /* 9055 * Adjust the position of the cursor, for when executing an external 9056 * command. 9057 */ 9058 if (msg_row >= Rows) /* Rows got smaller */ 9059 msg_row = Rows - 1; /* put cursor at last row */ 9060 else if (Rows > old_Rows) /* Rows got bigger */ 9061 msg_row += Rows - old_Rows; /* put cursor in same place */ 9062 if (msg_col >= Columns) /* Columns got smaller */ 9063 msg_col = Columns - 1; /* put cursor at last column */ 9064 } 9065 #endif 9066 9067 entered = FALSE; 9068 --RedrawingDisabled; 9069 9070 /* 9071 * Do not apply autocommands more than 3 times to avoid an endless loop 9072 * in case applying autocommands always changes Rows or Columns. 9073 */ 9074 if (starting == 0 && ++retry_count <= 3) 9075 { 9076 apply_autocmds(EVENT_VIMRESIZED, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 9077 /* In rare cases, autocommands may have altered Rows or Columns, 9078 * jump back to check if we need to allocate the screen again. */ 9079 goto retry; 9080 } 9081 } 9082 9083 void 9084 free_screenlines(void) 9085 { 9086 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9087 int i; 9088 9089 vim_free(ScreenLinesUC); 9090 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 9091 vim_free(ScreenLinesC[i]); 9092 vim_free(ScreenLines2); 9093 #endif 9094 vim_free(ScreenLines); 9095 vim_free(ScreenAttrs); 9096 vim_free(LineOffset); 9097 vim_free(LineWraps); 9098 vim_free(TabPageIdxs); 9099 } 9100 9101 void 9102 screenclear(void) 9103 { 9104 check_for_delay(FALSE); 9105 screenalloc(FALSE); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ 9106 screenclear2(); /* clear the screen */ 9107 } 9108 9109 static void 9110 screenclear2(void) 9111 { 9112 int i; 9113 9114 if (starting == NO_SCREEN || ScreenLines == NULL 9115 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9116 || (gui.in_use && gui.starting) 9117 #endif 9118 ) 9119 return; 9120 9121 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9122 if (!gui.in_use) 9123 #endif 9124 screen_attr = -1; /* force setting the Normal colors */ 9125 screen_stop_highlight(); /* don't want highlighting here */ 9126 9127 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 9128 /* disable selection without redrawing it */ 9129 clip_scroll_selection(9999); 9130 #endif 9131 9132 /* blank out ScreenLines */ 9133 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) 9134 { 9135 lineclear(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns, 0); 9136 LineWraps[i] = FALSE; 9137 } 9138 9139 if (can_clear(T_CL)) 9140 { 9141 out_str(T_CL); /* clear the display */ 9142 clear_cmdline = FALSE; 9143 mode_displayed = FALSE; 9144 } 9145 else 9146 { 9147 /* can't clear the screen, mark all chars with invalid attributes */ 9148 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) 9149 lineinvalid(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); 9150 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 9151 } 9152 9153 screen_cleared = TRUE; /* can use contents of ScreenLines now */ 9154 9155 win_rest_invalid(firstwin); 9156 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9157 redraw_tabline = TRUE; 9158 if (must_redraw == CLEAR) /* no need to clear again */ 9159 must_redraw = NOT_VALID; 9160 compute_cmdrow(); 9161 msg_row = cmdline_row; /* put cursor on last line for messages */ 9162 msg_col = 0; 9163 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9164 msg_scrolled = 0; /* can't scroll back */ 9165 msg_didany = FALSE; 9166 msg_didout = FALSE; 9167 } 9168 9169 /* 9170 * Clear one line in ScreenLines. 9171 */ 9172 static void 9173 lineclear(unsigned off, int width, int attr) 9174 { 9175 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLines + off, ' ', (size_t)width * sizeof(schar_T)); 9176 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9177 if (enc_utf8) 9178 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, 9179 (size_t)width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 9180 #endif 9181 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, attr, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 9182 } 9183 9184 /* 9185 * Mark one line in ScreenLines invalid by setting the attributes to an 9186 * invalid value. 9187 */ 9188 static void 9189 lineinvalid(unsigned off, int width) 9190 { 9191 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, -1, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 9192 } 9193 9194 /* 9195 * Copy part of a Screenline for vertically split window "wp". 9196 */ 9197 static void 9198 linecopy(int to, int from, win_T *wp) 9199 { 9200 unsigned off_to = LineOffset[to] + wp->w_wincol; 9201 unsigned off_from = LineOffset[from] + wp->w_wincol; 9202 9203 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off_to, ScreenLines + off_from, 9204 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); 9205 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9206 if (enc_utf8) 9207 { 9208 int i; 9209 9210 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off_to, ScreenLinesUC + off_from, 9211 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 9212 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 9213 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off_to, ScreenLinesC[i] + off_from, 9214 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 9215 } 9216 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 9217 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off_to, ScreenLines2 + off_from, 9218 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); 9219 #endif 9220 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off_to, ScreenAttrs + off_from, 9221 wp->w_width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 9222 } 9223 9224 /* 9225 * Return TRUE if clearing with term string "p" would work. 9226 * It can't work when the string is empty or it won't set the right background. 9227 */ 9228 int 9229 can_clear(char_u *p) 9230 { 9231 return (*p != NUL && (t_colors <= 1 9232 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9233 || gui.in_use 9234 #endif 9235 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 9236 || (p_tgc && cterm_normal_bg_gui_color == INVALCOLOR) 9237 || (!p_tgc && cterm_normal_bg_color == 0) 9238 #else 9239 || cterm_normal_bg_color == 0 9240 #endif 9241 || *T_UT != NUL)); 9242 } 9243 9244 /* 9245 * Reset cursor position. Use whenever cursor was moved because of outputting 9246 * something directly to the screen (shell commands) or a terminal control 9247 * code. 9248 */ 9249 void 9250 screen_start(void) 9251 { 9252 screen_cur_row = screen_cur_col = 9999; 9253 } 9254 9255 /* 9256 * Move the cursor to position "row","col" in the screen. 9257 * This tries to find the most efficient way to move, minimizing the number of 9258 * characters sent to the terminal. 9259 */ 9260 void 9261 windgoto(int row, int col) 9262 { 9263 sattr_T *p; 9264 int i; 9265 int plan; 9266 int cost; 9267 int wouldbe_col; 9268 int noinvcurs; 9269 char_u *bs; 9270 int goto_cost; 9271 int attr; 9272 9273 #define GOTO_COST 7 /* assume a term_windgoto() takes about 7 chars */ 9274 #define HIGHL_COST 5 /* assume unhighlight takes 5 chars */ 9275 9276 #define PLAN_LE 1 9277 #define PLAN_CR 2 9278 #define PLAN_NL 3 9279 #define PLAN_WRITE 4 9280 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ 9281 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 9282 return; 9283 9284 if (col != screen_cur_col || row != screen_cur_row) 9285 { 9286 /* Check for valid position. */ 9287 if (row < 0) /* window without text lines? */ 9288 row = 0; 9289 if (row >= screen_Rows) 9290 row = screen_Rows - 1; 9291 if (col >= screen_Columns) 9292 col = screen_Columns - 1; 9293 9294 /* check if no cursor movement is allowed in highlight mode */ 9295 if (screen_attr && *T_MS == NUL) 9296 noinvcurs = HIGHL_COST; 9297 else 9298 noinvcurs = 0; 9299 goto_cost = GOTO_COST + noinvcurs; 9300 9301 /* 9302 * Plan how to do the positioning: 9303 * 1. Use CR to move it to column 0, same row. 9304 * 2. Use T_LE to move it a few columns to the left. 9305 * 3. Use NL to move a few lines down, column 0. 9306 * 4. Move a few columns to the right with T_ND or by writing chars. 9307 * 9308 * Don't do this if the cursor went beyond the last column, the cursor 9309 * position is unknown then (some terminals wrap, some don't ) 9310 * 9311 * First check if the highlighting attributes allow us to write 9312 * characters to move the cursor to the right. 9313 */ 9314 if (row >= screen_cur_row && screen_cur_col < Columns) 9315 { 9316 /* 9317 * If the cursor is in the same row, bigger col, we can use CR 9318 * or T_LE. 9319 */ 9320 bs = NULL; /* init for GCC */ 9321 attr = screen_attr; 9322 if (row == screen_cur_row && col < screen_cur_col) 9323 { 9324 /* "le" is preferred over "bc", because "bc" is obsolete */ 9325 if (*T_LE) 9326 bs = T_LE; /* "cursor left" */ 9327 else 9328 bs = T_BC; /* "backspace character (old) */ 9329 if (*bs) 9330 cost = (screen_cur_col - col) * (int)STRLEN(bs); 9331 else 9332 cost = 999; 9333 if (col + 1 < cost) /* using CR is less characters */ 9334 { 9335 plan = PLAN_CR; 9336 wouldbe_col = 0; 9337 cost = 1; /* CR is just one character */ 9338 } 9339 else 9340 { 9341 plan = PLAN_LE; 9342 wouldbe_col = col; 9343 } 9344 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ 9345 { 9346 cost += noinvcurs; 9347 attr = 0; 9348 } 9349 } 9350 9351 /* 9352 * If the cursor is above where we want to be, we can use CR LF. 9353 */ 9354 else if (row > screen_cur_row) 9355 { 9356 plan = PLAN_NL; 9357 wouldbe_col = 0; 9358 cost = (row - screen_cur_row) * 2; /* CR LF */ 9359 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ 9360 { 9361 cost += noinvcurs; 9362 attr = 0; 9363 } 9364 } 9365 9366 /* 9367 * If the cursor is in the same row, smaller col, just use write. 9368 */ 9369 else 9370 { 9371 plan = PLAN_WRITE; 9372 wouldbe_col = screen_cur_col; 9373 cost = 0; 9374 } 9375 9376 /* 9377 * Check if any characters that need to be written have the 9378 * correct attributes. Also avoid UTF-8 characters. 9379 */ 9380 i = col - wouldbe_col; 9381 if (i > 0) 9382 cost += i; 9383 if (cost < goto_cost && i > 0) 9384 { 9385 /* 9386 * Check if the attributes are correct without additionally 9387 * stopping highlighting. 9388 */ 9389 p = ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[row] + wouldbe_col; 9390 while (i && *p++ == attr) 9391 --i; 9392 if (i != 0) 9393 { 9394 /* 9395 * Try if it works when highlighting is stopped here. 9396 */ 9397 if (*--p == 0) 9398 { 9399 cost += noinvcurs; 9400 while (i && *p++ == 0) 9401 --i; 9402 } 9403 if (i != 0) 9404 cost = 999; /* different attributes, don't do it */ 9405 } 9406 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9407 if (enc_utf8) 9408 { 9409 /* Don't use an UTF-8 char for positioning, it's slow. */ 9410 for (i = wouldbe_col; i < col; ++i) 9411 if (ScreenLinesUC[LineOffset[row] + i] != 0) 9412 { 9413 cost = 999; 9414 break; 9415 } 9416 } 9417 #endif 9418 } 9419 9420 /* 9421 * We can do it without term_windgoto()! 9422 */ 9423 if (cost < goto_cost) 9424 { 9425 if (plan == PLAN_LE) 9426 { 9427 if (noinvcurs) 9428 screen_stop_highlight(); 9429 while (screen_cur_col > col) 9430 { 9431 out_str(bs); 9432 --screen_cur_col; 9433 } 9434 } 9435 else if (plan == PLAN_CR) 9436 { 9437 if (noinvcurs) 9438 screen_stop_highlight(); 9439 out_char('\r'); 9440 screen_cur_col = 0; 9441 } 9442 else if (plan == PLAN_NL) 9443 { 9444 if (noinvcurs) 9445 screen_stop_highlight(); 9446 while (screen_cur_row < row) 9447 { 9448 out_char('\n'); 9449 ++screen_cur_row; 9450 } 9451 screen_cur_col = 0; 9452 } 9453 9454 i = col - screen_cur_col; 9455 if (i > 0) 9456 { 9457 /* 9458 * Use cursor-right if it's one character only. Avoids 9459 * removing a line of pixels from the last bold char, when 9460 * using the bold trick in the GUI. 9461 */ 9462 if (T_ND[0] != NUL && T_ND[1] == NUL) 9463 { 9464 while (i-- > 0) 9465 out_char(*T_ND); 9466 } 9467 else 9468 { 9469 int off; 9470 9471 off = LineOffset[row] + screen_cur_col; 9472 while (i-- > 0) 9473 { 9474 if (ScreenAttrs[off] != screen_attr) 9475 screen_stop_highlight(); 9476 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9477 out_flush_check(); 9478 #endif 9479 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); 9480 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9481 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU 9482 && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 9483 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); 9484 #endif 9485 ++off; 9486 } 9487 } 9488 } 9489 } 9490 } 9491 else 9492 cost = 999; 9493 9494 if (cost >= goto_cost) 9495 { 9496 if (noinvcurs) 9497 screen_stop_highlight(); 9498 if (row == screen_cur_row && (col > screen_cur_col) 9499 && *T_CRI != NUL) 9500 term_cursor_right(col - screen_cur_col); 9501 else 9502 term_windgoto(row, col); 9503 } 9504 screen_cur_row = row; 9505 screen_cur_col = col; 9506 } 9507 } 9508 9509 /* 9510 * Set cursor to its position in the current window. 9511 */ 9512 void 9513 setcursor(void) 9514 { 9515 setcursor_mayforce(FALSE); 9516 } 9517 9518 /* 9519 * Set cursor to its position in the current window. 9520 * When "force" is TRUE also when not redrawing. 9521 */ 9522 void 9523 setcursor_mayforce(int force) 9524 { 9525 if (force || redrawing()) 9526 { 9527 validate_cursor(); 9528 windgoto(W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow, 9529 curwin->w_wincol + ( 9530 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9531 /* With 'rightleft' set and the cursor on a double-wide 9532 * character, position it on the leftmost column. */ 9533 curwin->w_p_rl ? ((int)curwin->w_width - curwin->w_wcol - ( 9534 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9535 (has_mbyte 9536 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ml_get_cursor()) == 2 9537 && vim_isprintc(gchar_cursor())) ? 2 : 9538 # endif 9539 1)) : 9540 #endif 9541 curwin->w_wcol)); 9542 } 9543 } 9544 9545 9546 /* 9547 * Insert 'line_count' lines at 'row' in window 'wp'. 9548 * If 'invalid' is TRUE the wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum is invalidated. 9549 * If 'mayclear' is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than 9550 * scrolling. 9551 * Returns FAIL if the lines are not inserted, OK for success. 9552 */ 9553 int 9554 win_ins_lines( 9555 win_T *wp, 9556 int row, 9557 int line_count, 9558 int invalid, 9559 int mayclear) 9560 { 9561 int did_delete; 9562 int nextrow; 9563 int lastrow; 9564 int retval; 9565 9566 if (invalid) 9567 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 9568 9569 if (wp->w_height < 5) 9570 return FAIL; 9571 9572 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) 9573 line_count = wp->w_height - row; 9574 9575 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, FALSE, 0); 9576 if (retval != MAYBE) 9577 return retval; 9578 9579 /* 9580 * If there is a next window or a status line, we first try to delete the 9581 * lines at the bottom to avoid messing what is after the window. 9582 * If this fails and there are following windows, don't do anything to avoid 9583 * messing up those windows, better just redraw. 9584 */ 9585 did_delete = FALSE; 9586 if (wp->w_next != NULL || wp->w_status_height) 9587 { 9588 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, 9589 line_count, (int)Rows, FALSE, 0, NULL) == OK) 9590 did_delete = TRUE; 9591 else if (wp->w_next) 9592 return FAIL; 9593 } 9594 /* 9595 * if no lines deleted, blank the lines that will end up below the window 9596 */ 9597 if (!did_delete) 9598 { 9599 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9600 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9601 nextrow = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + wp->w_status_height; 9602 lastrow = nextrow + line_count; 9603 if (lastrow > Rows) 9604 lastrow = Rows; 9605 screen_fill(nextrow - line_count, lastrow - line_count, 9606 wp->w_wincol, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 9607 ' ', ' ', 0); 9608 } 9609 9610 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, (int)Rows, 0, NULL) 9611 == FAIL) 9612 { 9613 /* deletion will have messed up other windows */ 9614 if (did_delete) 9615 { 9616 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9617 win_rest_invalid(W_NEXT(wp)); 9618 } 9619 return FAIL; 9620 } 9621 9622 return OK; 9623 } 9624 9625 /* 9626 * Delete "line_count" window lines at "row" in window "wp". 9627 * If "invalid" is TRUE curwin->w_lines[] is invalidated. 9628 * If "mayclear" is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than 9629 * scrolling 9630 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. 9631 */ 9632 int 9633 win_del_lines( 9634 win_T *wp, 9635 int row, 9636 int line_count, 9637 int invalid, 9638 int mayclear, 9639 int clear_attr) /* for clearing lines */ 9640 { 9641 int retval; 9642 9643 if (invalid) 9644 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 9645 9646 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) 9647 line_count = wp->w_height - row; 9648 9649 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, TRUE, clear_attr); 9650 if (retval != MAYBE) 9651 return retval; 9652 9653 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, 9654 (int)Rows, FALSE, clear_attr, NULL) == FAIL) 9655 return FAIL; 9656 9657 /* 9658 * If there are windows or status lines below, try to put them at the 9659 * correct place. If we can't do that, they have to be redrawn. 9660 */ 9661 if (wp->w_next || wp->w_status_height || cmdline_row < Rows - 1) 9662 { 9663 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, 9664 line_count, (int)Rows, clear_attr, NULL) == FAIL) 9665 { 9666 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9667 win_rest_invalid(wp->w_next); 9668 } 9669 } 9670 /* 9671 * If this is the last window and there is no status line, redraw the 9672 * command line later. 9673 */ 9674 else 9675 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9676 return OK; 9677 } 9678 9679 /* 9680 * Common code for win_ins_lines() and win_del_lines(). 9681 * Returns OK or FAIL when the work has been done. 9682 * Returns MAYBE when not finished yet. 9683 */ 9684 static int 9685 win_do_lines( 9686 win_T *wp, 9687 int row, 9688 int line_count, 9689 int mayclear, 9690 int del, 9691 int clear_attr) 9692 { 9693 int retval; 9694 9695 if (!redrawing() || line_count <= 0) 9696 return FAIL; 9697 9698 /* When inserting lines would result in loss of command output, just redraw 9699 * the lines. */ 9700 if (no_win_do_lines_ins && !del) 9701 return FAIL; 9702 9703 /* only a few lines left: redraw is faster */ 9704 if (mayclear && Rows - line_count < 5 && wp->w_width == Columns) 9705 { 9706 if (!no_win_do_lines_ins) 9707 screenclear(); /* will set wp->w_lines_valid to 0 */ 9708 return FAIL; 9709 } 9710 9711 /* 9712 * Delete all remaining lines 9713 */ 9714 if (row + line_count >= wp->w_height) 9715 { 9716 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 9717 wp->w_wincol, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 9718 ' ', ' ', 0); 9719 return OK; 9720 } 9721 9722 /* 9723 * When scrolling, the message on the command line should be cleared, 9724 * otherwise it will stay there forever. 9725 * Don't do this when avoiding to insert lines. 9726 */ 9727 if (!no_win_do_lines_ins) 9728 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 9729 9730 /* 9731 * If the terminal can set a scroll region, use that. 9732 * Always do this in a vertically split window. This will redraw from 9733 * ScreenLines[] when t_CV isn't defined. That's faster than using 9734 * win_line(). 9735 * Don't use a scroll region when we are going to redraw the text, writing 9736 * a character in the lower right corner of the scroll region may cause a 9737 * scroll-up . 9738 */ 9739 if (scroll_region || wp->w_width != Columns) 9740 { 9741 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) 9742 scroll_region_set(wp, row); 9743 if (del) 9744 retval = screen_del_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, 9745 wp->w_height - row, FALSE, clear_attr, wp); 9746 else 9747 retval = screen_ins_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, 9748 wp->w_height - row, clear_attr, wp); 9749 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) 9750 scroll_region_reset(); 9751 return retval; 9752 } 9753 9754 if (wp->w_next != NULL && p_tf) /* don't delete/insert on fast terminal */ 9755 return FAIL; 9756 9757 return MAYBE; 9758 } 9759 9760 /* 9761 * window 'wp' and everything after it is messed up, mark it for redraw 9762 */ 9763 static void 9764 win_rest_invalid(win_T *wp) 9765 { 9766 while (wp != NULL) 9767 { 9768 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID); 9769 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9770 wp = wp->w_next; 9771 } 9772 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9773 } 9774 9775 /* 9776 * The rest of the routines in this file perform screen manipulations. The 9777 * given operation is performed physically on the screen. The corresponding 9778 * change is also made to the internal screen image. In this way, the editor 9779 * anticipates the effect of editing changes on the appearance of the screen. 9780 * That way, when we call screenupdate a complete redraw isn't usually 9781 * necessary. Another advantage is that we can keep adding code to anticipate 9782 * screen changes, and in the meantime, everything still works. 9783 */ 9784 9785 /* 9786 * types for inserting or deleting lines 9787 */ 9788 #define USE_T_CAL 1 9789 #define USE_T_CDL 2 9790 #define USE_T_AL 3 9791 #define USE_T_CE 4 9792 #define USE_T_DL 5 9793 #define USE_T_SR 6 9794 #define USE_NL 7 9795 #define USE_T_CD 8 9796 #define USE_REDRAW 9 9797 9798 /* 9799 * insert lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] 9800 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. 9801 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. 9802 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. 9803 * 9804 * return FAIL for failure, OK for success. 9805 */ 9806 int 9807 screen_ins_lines( 9808 int off, 9809 int row, 9810 int line_count, 9811 int end, 9812 int clear_attr, 9813 win_T *wp) /* NULL or window to use width from */ 9814 { 9815 int i; 9816 int j; 9817 unsigned temp; 9818 int cursor_row; 9819 int cursor_col = 0; 9820 int type; 9821 int result_empty; 9822 int can_ce = can_clear(T_CE); 9823 9824 /* 9825 * FAIL if 9826 * - there is no valid screen 9827 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely 9828 * - the line count is less than one 9829 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' 9830 * - redrawing for a callback and there is a modeless selection 9831 */ 9832 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || line_count > p_ttyscroll 9833 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 9834 || (clip_star.state != SELECT_CLEARED 9835 && redrawing_for_callback > 0) 9836 #endif 9837 ) 9838 return FAIL; 9839 9840 /* 9841 * There are seven ways to insert lines: 9842 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the 9843 * characters from ScreenLines[]. 9844 * 1. Use T_CD (clear to end of display) if it exists and the result of 9845 * the insert is just empty lines 9846 * 2. Use T_CAL (insert multiple lines) if it exists and T_AL is not 9847 * present or line_count > 1. It looks better if we do all the inserts 9848 * at once. 9849 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and the result of the 9850 * insert is just empty lines and T_CE is not present or line_count > 9851 * 1. 9852 * 4. Use T_AL (insert line) if it exists. 9853 * 5. Use T_CE (erase line) if it exists and the result of the insert is 9854 * just empty lines. 9855 * 6. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists and the result of the insert is 9856 * just empty lines. 9857 * 7. Use T_SR (scroll reverse) if it exists and inserting at row 0 and 9858 * the 'da' flag is not set or we have clear line capability. 9859 * 8. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. 9860 * 9861 * Careful: In a hpterm scroll reverse doesn't work as expected, it moves 9862 * the scrollbar for the window. It does have insert line, use that if it 9863 * exists. 9864 */ 9865 result_empty = (row + line_count >= end); 9866 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) 9867 type = USE_REDRAW; 9868 else if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) 9869 type = USE_T_CD; 9870 else if (*T_CAL != NUL && (line_count > 1 || *T_AL == NUL)) 9871 type = USE_T_CAL; 9872 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && result_empty && (line_count > 1 || !can_ce)) 9873 type = USE_T_CDL; 9874 else if (*T_AL != NUL) 9875 type = USE_T_AL; 9876 else if (can_ce && result_empty) 9877 type = USE_T_CE; 9878 else if (*T_DL != NUL && result_empty) 9879 type = USE_T_DL; 9880 else if (*T_SR != NUL && row == 0 && (*T_DA == NUL || can_ce)) 9881 type = USE_T_SR; 9882 else 9883 return FAIL; 9884 9885 /* 9886 * For clearing the lines screen_del_lines() is used. This will also take 9887 * care of t_db if necessary. 9888 */ 9889 if (type == USE_T_CD || type == USE_T_CDL || 9890 type == USE_T_CE || type == USE_T_DL) 9891 return screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, FALSE, 0, wp); 9892 9893 /* 9894 * If text is retained below the screen, first clear or delete as many 9895 * lines at the bottom of the window as are about to be inserted so that 9896 * the deleted lines won't later surface during a screen_del_lines. 9897 */ 9898 if (*T_DB) 9899 screen_del_lines(off, end - line_count, line_count, end, FALSE, 0, wp); 9900 9901 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 9902 /* Remove a modeless selection when inserting lines halfway the screen 9903 * or not the full width of the screen. */ 9904 if (off + row > 0 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)) 9905 clip_clear_selection(&clip_star); 9906 else 9907 clip_scroll_selection(-line_count); 9908 #endif 9909 9910 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9911 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the 9912 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ 9913 gui_dont_update_cursor(row + off <= gui.cursor_row); 9914 #endif 9915 9916 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_wincol != 0 && *T_CSV != NUL && *T_CCS == NUL) 9917 cursor_col = wp->w_wincol; 9918 9919 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ 9920 cursor_row = row; 9921 else 9922 cursor_row = row + off; 9923 9924 /* 9925 * Shift LineOffset[] line_count down to reflect the inserted lines. 9926 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. 9927 */ 9928 row += off; 9929 end += off; 9930 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 9931 { 9932 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 9933 { 9934 /* need to copy part of a line */ 9935 j = end - 1 - i; 9936 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) 9937 linecopy(j + line_count, j, wp); 9938 j += line_count; 9939 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 9940 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width, 9941 clear_attr); 9942 else 9943 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 9944 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; 9945 } 9946 else 9947 { 9948 j = end - 1 - i; 9949 temp = LineOffset[j]; 9950 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) 9951 { 9952 LineOffset[j + line_count] = LineOffset[j]; 9953 LineWraps[j + line_count] = LineWraps[j]; 9954 } 9955 LineOffset[j + line_count] = temp; 9956 LineWraps[j + line_count] = FALSE; 9957 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 9958 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns, clear_attr); 9959 else 9960 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); 9961 } 9962 } 9963 9964 screen_stop_highlight(); 9965 windgoto(cursor_row, cursor_col); 9966 if (clear_attr != 0) 9967 screen_start_highlight(clear_attr); 9968 9969 /* redraw the characters */ 9970 if (type == USE_REDRAW) 9971 redraw_block(row, end, wp); 9972 else if (type == USE_T_CAL) 9973 { 9974 term_append_lines(line_count); 9975 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9976 } 9977 else 9978 { 9979 for (i = 0; i < line_count; i++) 9980 { 9981 if (type == USE_T_AL) 9982 { 9983 if (i && cursor_row != 0) 9984 windgoto(cursor_row, cursor_col); 9985 out_str(T_AL); 9986 } 9987 else /* type == USE_T_SR */ 9988 out_str(T_SR); 9989 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9990 } 9991 } 9992 9993 /* 9994 * With scroll-reverse and 'da' flag set we need to clear the lines that 9995 * have been scrolled down into the region. 9996 */ 9997 if (type == USE_T_SR && *T_DA) 9998 { 9999 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 10000 { 10001 windgoto(off + i, cursor_col); 10002 out_str(T_CE); 10003 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 10004 } 10005 } 10006 10007 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 10008 gui_can_update_cursor(); 10009 if (gui.in_use) 10010 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ 10011 #endif 10012 return OK; 10013 } 10014 10015 /* 10016 * Delete lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[]. 10017 * "end" is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. 10018 * When scrolling region used "off" is the offset from the top for the region. 10019 * "row" and "end" are relative to the start of the region. 10020 * 10021 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. 10022 */ 10023 int 10024 screen_del_lines( 10025 int off, 10026 int row, 10027 int line_count, 10028 int end, 10029 int force, /* even when line_count > p_ttyscroll */ 10030 int clear_attr, /* used for clearing lines */ 10031 win_T *wp UNUSED) /* NULL or window to use width from */ 10032 { 10033 int j; 10034 int i; 10035 unsigned temp; 10036 int cursor_row; 10037 int cursor_col = 0; 10038 int cursor_end; 10039 int result_empty; /* result is empty until end of region */ 10040 int can_delete; /* deleting line codes can be used */ 10041 int type; 10042 10043 /* 10044 * FAIL if 10045 * - there is no valid screen 10046 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely 10047 * - the line count is less than one 10048 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' 10049 * - redrawing for a callback and there is a modeless selection 10050 */ 10051 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 10052 || (!force && line_count > p_ttyscroll) 10053 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 10054 || (clip_star.state != SELECT_CLEARED 10055 && redrawing_for_callback > 0) 10056 #endif 10057 ) 10058 return FAIL; 10059 10060 /* 10061 * Check if the rest of the current region will become empty. 10062 */ 10063 result_empty = row + line_count >= end; 10064 10065 /* 10066 * We can delete lines only when 'db' flag not set or when 'ce' option 10067 * available. 10068 */ 10069 can_delete = (*T_DB == NUL || can_clear(T_CE)); 10070 10071 /* 10072 * There are six ways to delete lines: 10073 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the 10074 * characters from ScreenLines[]. 10075 * 1. Use T_CD if it exists and the result is empty. 10076 * 2. Use newlines if row == 0 and count == 1 or T_CDL does not exist. 10077 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and line_count > 1 or 10078 * none of the other ways work. 10079 * 4. Use T_CE (erase line) if the result is empty. 10080 * 5. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists. 10081 * 6. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. 10082 */ 10083 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) 10084 type = USE_REDRAW; 10085 else if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) 10086 type = USE_T_CD; 10087 #if defined(__BEOS__) && defined(BEOS_DR8) 10088 /* 10089 * USE_NL does not seem to work in Terminal of DR8 so we set T_DB="" in 10090 * its internal termcap... this works okay for tests which test *T_DB != 10091 * NUL. It has the disadvantage that the user cannot use any :set t_* 10092 * command to get T_DB (back) to empty_option, only :set term=... will do 10093 * the trick... 10094 * Anyway, this hack will hopefully go away with the next OS release. 10095 * (Olaf Seibert) 10096 */ 10097 else if (row == 0 && T_DB == empty_option 10098 && (line_count == 1 || *T_CDL == NUL)) 10099 #else 10100 else if (row == 0 && ( 10101 #ifndef AMIGA 10102 /* On the Amiga, somehow '\n' on the last line doesn't always scroll 10103 * up, so use delete-line command */ 10104 line_count == 1 || 10105 #endif 10106 *T_CDL == NUL)) 10107 #endif 10108 type = USE_NL; 10109 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && line_count > 1 && can_delete) 10110 type = USE_T_CDL; 10111 else if (can_clear(T_CE) && result_empty 10112 && (wp == NULL || wp->w_width == Columns)) 10113 type = USE_T_CE; 10114 else if (*T_DL != NUL && can_delete) 10115 type = USE_T_DL; 10116 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && can_delete) 10117 type = USE_T_CDL; 10118 else 10119 return FAIL; 10120 10121 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 10122 /* Remove a modeless selection when deleting lines halfway the screen or 10123 * not the full width of the screen. */ 10124 if (off + row > 0 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)) 10125 clip_clear_selection(&clip_star); 10126 else 10127 clip_scroll_selection(line_count); 10128 #endif 10129 10130 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 10131 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the 10132 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ 10133 gui_dont_update_cursor(gui.cursor_row >= row + off 10134 && gui.cursor_row < end + off); 10135 #endif 10136 10137 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_wincol != 0 && *T_CSV != NUL && *T_CCS == NUL) 10138 cursor_col = wp->w_wincol; 10139 10140 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ 10141 { 10142 cursor_row = row; 10143 cursor_end = end; 10144 } 10145 else 10146 { 10147 cursor_row = row + off; 10148 cursor_end = end + off; 10149 } 10150 10151 /* 10152 * Now shift LineOffset[] line_count up to reflect the deleted lines. 10153 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. 10154 */ 10155 row += off; 10156 end += off; 10157 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 10158 { 10159 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 10160 { 10161 /* need to copy part of a line */ 10162 j = row + i; 10163 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) 10164 linecopy(j - line_count, j, wp); 10165 j -= line_count; 10166 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 10167 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width, 10168 clear_attr); 10169 else 10170 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 10171 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; 10172 } 10173 else 10174 { 10175 /* whole width, moving the line pointers is faster */ 10176 j = row + i; 10177 temp = LineOffset[j]; 10178 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) 10179 { 10180 LineOffset[j - line_count] = LineOffset[j]; 10181 LineWraps[j - line_count] = LineWraps[j]; 10182 } 10183 LineOffset[j - line_count] = temp; 10184 LineWraps[j - line_count] = FALSE; 10185 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 10186 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns, clear_attr); 10187 else 10188 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); 10189 } 10190 } 10191 10192 if (screen_attr != clear_attr) 10193 screen_stop_highlight(); 10194 if (clear_attr != 0) 10195 screen_start_highlight(clear_attr); 10196 10197 /* redraw the characters */ 10198 if (type == USE_REDRAW) 10199 redraw_block(row, end, wp); 10200 else if (type == USE_T_CD) /* delete the lines */ 10201 { 10202 windgoto(cursor_row, cursor_col); 10203 out_str(T_CD); 10204 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 10205 } 10206 else if (type == USE_T_CDL) 10207 { 10208 windgoto(cursor_row, cursor_col); 10209 term_delete_lines(line_count); 10210 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 10211 } 10212 /* 10213 * Deleting lines at top of the screen or scroll region: Just scroll 10214 * the whole screen (scroll region) up by outputting newlines on the 10215 * last line. 10216 */ 10217 else if (type == USE_NL) 10218 { 10219 windgoto(cursor_end - 1, cursor_col); 10220 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) 10221 out_char('\n'); /* cursor will remain on same line */ 10222 } 10223 else 10224 { 10225 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) 10226 { 10227 if (type == USE_T_DL) 10228 { 10229 windgoto(cursor_row, cursor_col); 10230 out_str(T_DL); /* delete a line */ 10231 } 10232 else /* type == USE_T_CE */ 10233 { 10234 windgoto(cursor_row + i, cursor_col); 10235 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ 10236 } 10237 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 10238 } 10239 } 10240 10241 /* 10242 * If the 'db' flag is set, we need to clear the lines that have been 10243 * scrolled up at the bottom of the region. 10244 */ 10245 if (*T_DB && (type == USE_T_DL || type == USE_T_CDL)) 10246 { 10247 for (i = line_count; i > 0; --i) 10248 { 10249 windgoto(cursor_end - i, cursor_col); 10250 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ 10251 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 10252 } 10253 } 10254 10255 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 10256 gui_can_update_cursor(); 10257 if (gui.in_use) 10258 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ 10259 #endif 10260 10261 return OK; 10262 } 10263 10264 /* 10265 * Show the current mode and ruler. 10266 * 10267 * If clear_cmdline is TRUE, clear the rest of the cmdline. 10268 * If clear_cmdline is FALSE there may be a message there that needs to be 10269 * cleared only if a mode is shown. 10270 * Return the length of the message (0 if no message). 10271 */ 10272 int 10273 showmode(void) 10274 { 10275 int need_clear; 10276 int length = 0; 10277 int do_mode; 10278 int attr; 10279 int nwr_save; 10280 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10281 int sub_attr; 10282 #endif 10283 10284 do_mode = ((p_smd && msg_silent == 0) 10285 && ((State & INSERT) 10286 || restart_edit != NUL 10287 || VIsual_active)); 10288 if (do_mode || reg_recording != 0) 10289 { 10290 /* 10291 * Don't show mode right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. 10292 * Call char_avail() only when we are going to show something, because 10293 * it takes a bit of time. 10294 */ 10295 if (!redrawing() || (char_avail() && !KeyTyped) || msg_silent != 0) 10296 { 10297 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* show mode later */ 10298 return 0; 10299 } 10300 10301 nwr_save = need_wait_return; 10302 10303 /* wait a bit before overwriting an important message */ 10304 check_for_delay(FALSE); 10305 10306 /* if the cmdline is more than one line high, erase top lines */ 10307 need_clear = clear_cmdline; 10308 if (clear_cmdline && cmdline_row < Rows - 1) 10309 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ 10310 10311 /* Position on the last line in the window, column 0 */ 10312 msg_pos_mode(); 10313 cursor_off(); 10314 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_CM); /* Highlight mode */ 10315 if (do_mode) 10316 { 10317 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("--", attr); 10318 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) 10319 if ( 10320 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK 10321 preedit_get_status() 10322 # else 10323 im_get_status() 10324 # endif 10325 ) 10326 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK /* most of the time, it's not XIM being used */ 10327 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" IM", attr); 10328 # else 10329 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" XIM", attr); 10330 # endif 10331 #endif 10332 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) && defined(FEAT_GUI) 10333 if (gui.in_use) 10334 { 10335 if (hangul_input_state_get()) 10336 { 10337 /* HANGUL */ 10338 if (enc_utf8) 10339 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \355\225\234\352\270\200", attr); 10340 else 10341 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \307\321\261\333", attr); 10342 } 10343 } 10344 #endif 10345 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10346 /* CTRL-X in Insert mode */ 10347 if (edit_submode != NULL && !shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) 10348 { 10349 /* These messages can get long, avoid a wrap in a narrow 10350 * window. Prefer showing edit_submode_extra. */ 10351 length = (Rows - msg_row) * Columns - 3; 10352 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 10353 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_extra); 10354 if (length > 0) 10355 { 10356 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) 10357 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_pre); 10358 if (length - vim_strsize(edit_submode) > 0) 10359 { 10360 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) 10361 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_pre, attr); 10362 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode, attr); 10363 } 10364 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 10365 { 10366 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" ", attr); /* add a space in between */ 10367 if ((int)edit_submode_highl < (int)HLF_COUNT) 10368 sub_attr = HL_ATTR(edit_submode_highl); 10369 else 10370 sub_attr = attr; 10371 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_extra, sub_attr); 10372 } 10373 } 10374 } 10375 else 10376 #endif 10377 { 10378 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 10379 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 10380 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" VREPLACE"), attr); 10381 else 10382 #endif 10383 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 10384 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REPLACE"), attr); 10385 else if (State & INSERT) 10386 { 10387 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 10388 if (p_ri) 10389 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REVERSE"), attr); 10390 #endif 10391 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" INSERT"), attr); 10392 } 10393 else if (restart_edit == 'I' || restart_edit == 'A') 10394 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (insert)"), attr); 10395 else if (restart_edit == 'R') 10396 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (replace)"), attr); 10397 else if (restart_edit == 'V') 10398 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (vreplace)"), attr); 10399 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 10400 if (p_hkmap) 10401 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Hebrew"), attr); 10402 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 10403 if (p_fkmap) 10404 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(farsi_text_5, attr); 10405 # endif 10406 #endif 10407 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP 10408 if (State & LANGMAP) 10409 { 10410 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 10411 if (curwin->w_p_arab) 10412 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Arabic"), attr); 10413 else 10414 # endif 10415 if (get_keymap_str(curwin, (char_u *)" (%s)", 10416 NameBuff, MAXPATHL)) 10417 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(NameBuff, attr); 10418 } 10419 #endif 10420 if ((State & INSERT) && p_paste) 10421 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (paste)"), attr); 10422 10423 if (VIsual_active) 10424 { 10425 char *p; 10426 10427 /* Don't concatenate separate words to avoid translation 10428 * problems. */ 10429 switch ((VIsual_select ? 4 : 0) 10430 + (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) * 2 10431 + (VIsual_mode == 'V')) 10432 { 10433 case 0: p = N_(" VISUAL"); break; 10434 case 1: p = N_(" VISUAL LINE"); break; 10435 case 2: p = N_(" VISUAL BLOCK"); break; 10436 case 4: p = N_(" SELECT"); break; 10437 case 5: p = N_(" SELECT LINE"); break; 10438 default: p = N_(" SELECT BLOCK"); break; 10439 } 10440 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(p), attr); 10441 } 10442 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" --", attr); 10443 } 10444 10445 need_clear = TRUE; 10446 } 10447 if (reg_recording != 0 10448 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10449 && edit_submode == NULL /* otherwise it gets too long */ 10450 #endif 10451 ) 10452 { 10453 recording_mode(attr); 10454 need_clear = TRUE; 10455 } 10456 10457 mode_displayed = TRUE; 10458 if (need_clear || clear_cmdline) 10459 msg_clr_eos(); 10460 msg_didout = FALSE; /* overwrite this message */ 10461 length = msg_col; 10462 msg_col = 0; 10463 need_wait_return = nwr_save; /* never ask for hit-return for this */ 10464 } 10465 else if (clear_cmdline && msg_silent == 0) 10466 /* Clear the whole command line. Will reset "clear_cmdline". */ 10467 msg_clr_cmdline(); 10468 10469 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10470 /* In Visual mode the size of the selected area must be redrawn. */ 10471 if (VIsual_active) 10472 clear_showcmd(); 10473 10474 /* If the last window has no status line, the ruler is after the mode 10475 * message and must be redrawn */ 10476 if (redrawing() && lastwin->w_status_height == 0) 10477 win_redr_ruler(lastwin, TRUE, FALSE); 10478 #endif 10479 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; 10480 clear_cmdline = FALSE; 10481 10482 return length; 10483 } 10484 10485 /* 10486 * Position for a mode message. 10487 */ 10488 static void 10489 msg_pos_mode(void) 10490 { 10491 msg_col = 0; 10492 msg_row = Rows - 1; 10493 } 10494 10495 /* 10496 * Delete mode message. Used when ESC is typed which is expected to end 10497 * Insert mode (but Insert mode didn't end yet!). 10498 * Caller should check "mode_displayed". 10499 */ 10500 void 10501 unshowmode(int force) 10502 { 10503 /* 10504 * Don't delete it right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. 10505 */ 10506 if (!redrawing() || (!force && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)) 10507 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* delete mode later */ 10508 else 10509 clearmode(); 10510 } 10511 10512 /* 10513 * Clear the mode message. 10514 */ 10515 void 10516 clearmode(void) 10517 { 10518 int save_msg_row = msg_row; 10519 int save_msg_col = msg_col; 10520 10521 msg_pos_mode(); 10522 if (reg_recording != 0) 10523 recording_mode(HL_ATTR(HLF_CM)); 10524 msg_clr_eos(); 10525 10526 msg_col = save_msg_col; 10527 msg_row = save_msg_row; 10528 } 10529 10530 static void 10531 recording_mode(int attr) 10532 { 10533 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), attr); 10534 if (!shortmess(SHM_RECORDING)) 10535 { 10536 char_u s[4]; 10537 sprintf((char *)s, " @%c", reg_recording); 10538 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(s, attr); 10539 } 10540 } 10541 10542 /* 10543 * Draw the tab pages line at the top of the Vim window. 10544 */ 10545 static void 10546 draw_tabline(void) 10547 { 10548 int tabcount = 0; 10549 tabpage_T *tp; 10550 int tabwidth; 10551 int col = 0; 10552 int scol = 0; 10553 int attr; 10554 win_T *wp; 10555 win_T *cwp; 10556 int wincount; 10557 int modified; 10558 int c; 10559 int len; 10560 int attr_sel = HL_ATTR(HLF_TPS); 10561 int attr_nosel = HL_ATTR(HLF_TP); 10562 int attr_fill = HL_ATTR(HLF_TPF); 10563 char_u *p; 10564 int room; 10565 int use_sep_chars = (t_colors < 8 10566 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 10567 && !gui.in_use 10568 #endif 10569 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 10570 && !p_tgc 10571 #endif 10572 ); 10573 10574 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 10575 return; 10576 redraw_tabline = FALSE; 10577 10578 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE 10579 /* Take care of a GUI tabline. */ 10580 if (gui_use_tabline()) 10581 { 10582 gui_update_tabline(); 10583 return; 10584 } 10585 #endif 10586 10587 if (tabline_height() < 1) 10588 return; 10589 10590 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 10591 10592 /* Init TabPageIdxs[] to zero: Clicking outside of tabs has no effect. */ 10593 for (scol = 0; scol < Columns; ++scol) 10594 TabPageIdxs[scol] = 0; 10595 10596 /* Use the 'tabline' option if it's set. */ 10597 if (*p_tal != NUL) 10598 { 10599 int saved_did_emsg = did_emsg; 10600 10601 /* Check for an error. If there is one we would loop in redrawing the 10602 * screen. Avoid that by making 'tabline' empty. */ 10603 did_emsg = FALSE; 10604 win_redr_custom(NULL, FALSE); 10605 if (did_emsg) 10606 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"tabline", -1, 10607 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); 10608 did_emsg |= saved_did_emsg; 10609 } 10610 else 10611 #endif 10612 { 10613 FOR_ALL_TABPAGES(tp) 10614 ++tabcount; 10615 10616 tabwidth = (Columns - 1 + tabcount / 2) / tabcount; 10617 if (tabwidth < 6) 10618 tabwidth = 6; 10619 10620 attr = attr_nosel; 10621 tabcount = 0; 10622 scol = 0; 10623 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL && col < Columns - 4; 10624 tp = tp->tp_next) 10625 { 10626 scol = col; 10627 10628 if (tp->tp_topframe == topframe) 10629 attr = attr_sel; 10630 if (use_sep_chars && col > 0) 10631 screen_putchar('|', 0, col++, attr); 10632 10633 if (tp->tp_topframe != topframe) 10634 attr = attr_nosel; 10635 10636 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 10637 10638 if (tp == curtab) 10639 { 10640 cwp = curwin; 10641 wp = firstwin; 10642 } 10643 else 10644 { 10645 cwp = tp->tp_curwin; 10646 wp = tp->tp_firstwin; 10647 } 10648 10649 modified = FALSE; 10650 for (wincount = 0; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next, ++wincount) 10651 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) 10652 modified = TRUE; 10653 if (modified || wincount > 1) 10654 { 10655 if (wincount > 1) 10656 { 10657 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%d", wincount); 10658 len = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff); 10659 if (col + len >= Columns - 3) 10660 break; 10661 screen_puts_len(NameBuff, len, 0, col, 10662 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) 10663 hl_combine_attr(attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_T)) 10664 #else 10665 attr 10666 #endif 10667 ); 10668 col += len; 10669 } 10670 if (modified) 10671 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"+", 1, 0, col++, attr); 10672 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 10673 } 10674 10675 room = scol - col + tabwidth - 1; 10676 if (room > 0) 10677 { 10678 /* Get buffer name in NameBuff[] */ 10679 get_trans_bufname(cwp->w_buffer); 10680 shorten_dir(NameBuff); 10681 len = vim_strsize(NameBuff); 10682 p = NameBuff; 10683 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 10684 if (has_mbyte) 10685 while (len > room) 10686 { 10687 len -= ptr2cells(p); 10688 MB_PTR_ADV(p); 10689 } 10690 else 10691 #endif 10692 if (len > room) 10693 { 10694 p += len - room; 10695 len = room; 10696 } 10697 if (len > Columns - col - 1) 10698 len = Columns - col - 1; 10699 10700 screen_puts_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p), 0, col, attr); 10701 col += len; 10702 } 10703 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 10704 10705 /* Store the tab page number in TabPageIdxs[], so that 10706 * jump_to_mouse() knows where each one is. */ 10707 ++tabcount; 10708 while (scol < col) 10709 TabPageIdxs[scol++] = tabcount; 10710 } 10711 10712 if (use_sep_chars) 10713 c = '_'; 10714 else 10715 c = ' '; 10716 screen_fill(0, 1, col, (int)Columns, c, c, attr_fill); 10717 10718 /* Put an "X" for closing the current tab if there are several. */ 10719 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) 10720 { 10721 screen_putchar('X', 0, (int)Columns - 1, attr_nosel); 10722 TabPageIdxs[Columns - 1] = -999; 10723 } 10724 } 10725 10726 /* Reset the flag here again, in case evaluating 'tabline' causes it to be 10727 * set. */ 10728 redraw_tabline = FALSE; 10729 } 10730 10731 /* 10732 * Get buffer name for "buf" into NameBuff[]. 10733 * Takes care of special buffer names and translates special characters. 10734 */ 10735 void 10736 get_trans_bufname(buf_T *buf) 10737 { 10738 if (buf_spname(buf) != NULL) 10739 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, buf_spname(buf), MAXPATHL - 1); 10740 else 10741 home_replace(buf, buf->b_fname, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, TRUE); 10742 trans_characters(NameBuff, MAXPATHL); 10743 } 10744 10745 /* 10746 * Get the character to use in a status line. Get its attributes in "*attr". 10747 */ 10748 static int 10749 fillchar_status(int *attr, win_T *wp) 10750 { 10751 int fill; 10752 10753 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 10754 if (bt_terminal(wp->w_buffer)) 10755 { 10756 if (wp == curwin) 10757 { 10758 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_ST); 10759 fill = fill_stl; 10760 } 10761 else 10762 { 10763 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_STNC); 10764 fill = fill_stlnc; 10765 } 10766 } 10767 else 10768 #endif 10769 if (wp == curwin) 10770 { 10771 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_S); 10772 fill = fill_stl; 10773 } 10774 else 10775 { 10776 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_SNC); 10777 fill = fill_stlnc; 10778 } 10779 /* Use fill when there is highlighting, and highlighting of current 10780 * window differs, or the fillchars differ, or this is not the 10781 * current window */ 10782 if (*attr != 0 && ((HL_ATTR(HLF_S) != HL_ATTR(HLF_SNC) 10783 || wp != curwin || ONE_WINDOW) 10784 || (fill_stl != fill_stlnc))) 10785 return fill; 10786 if (wp == curwin) 10787 return '^'; 10788 return '='; 10789 } 10790 10791 /* 10792 * Get the character to use in a separator between vertically split windows. 10793 * Get its attributes in "*attr". 10794 */ 10795 static int 10796 fillchar_vsep(int *attr) 10797 { 10798 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_C); 10799 if (*attr == 0 && fill_vert == ' ') 10800 return '|'; 10801 else 10802 return fill_vert; 10803 } 10804 10805 /* 10806 * Return TRUE if redrawing should currently be done. 10807 */ 10808 int 10809 redrawing(void) 10810 { 10811 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 10812 if (disable_redraw_for_testing) 10813 return 0; 10814 else 10815 #endif 10816 return (!RedrawingDisabled 10817 && !(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped && !do_redraw)); 10818 } 10819 10820 /* 10821 * Return TRUE if printing messages should currently be done. 10822 */ 10823 int 10824 messaging(void) 10825 { 10826 return (!(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)); 10827 } 10828 10829 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 10830 /* 10831 * Draw the window toolbar. 10832 */ 10833 static void 10834 redraw_win_toolbar(win_T *wp) 10835 { 10836 vimmenu_T *menu; 10837 int item_idx = 0; 10838 int item_count = 0; 10839 int col = 0; 10840 int next_col; 10841 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 10842 int fill_attr = syn_name2attr((char_u *)"ToolbarLine"); 10843 int button_attr = syn_name2attr((char_u *)"ToolbarButton"); 10844 10845 vim_free(wp->w_winbar_items); 10846 for (menu = wp->w_winbar->children; menu != NULL; menu = menu->next) 10847 ++item_count; 10848 wp->w_winbar_items = (winbar_item_T *)alloc_clear( 10849 (unsigned)sizeof(winbar_item_T) * (item_count + 1)); 10850 10851 /* TODO: use fewer spaces if there is not enough room */ 10852 for (menu = wp->w_winbar->children; 10853 menu != NULL && col < wp->w_width; menu = menu->next) 10854 { 10855 space_to_screenline(off + col, fill_attr); 10856 if (++col >= wp->w_width) 10857 break; 10858 if (col > 1) 10859 { 10860 space_to_screenline(off + col, fill_attr); 10861 if (++col >= wp->w_width) 10862 break; 10863 } 10864 10865 wp->w_winbar_items[item_idx].wb_startcol = col; 10866 space_to_screenline(off + col, button_attr); 10867 if (++col >= wp->w_width) 10868 break; 10869 10870 next_col = text_to_screenline(wp, menu->name, col); 10871 while (col < next_col) 10872 { 10873 ScreenAttrs[off + col] = button_attr; 10874 ++col; 10875 } 10876 wp->w_winbar_items[item_idx].wb_endcol = col; 10877 wp->w_winbar_items[item_idx].wb_menu = menu; 10878 ++item_idx; 10879 10880 if (col >= wp->w_width) 10881 break; 10882 space_to_screenline(off + col, button_attr); 10883 ++col; 10884 } 10885 while (col < wp->w_width) 10886 { 10887 space_to_screenline(off + col, fill_attr); 10888 ++col; 10889 } 10890 wp->w_winbar_items[item_idx].wb_menu = NULL; /* end marker */ 10891 10892 screen_line(wp->w_winrow, wp->w_wincol, (int)wp->w_width, 10893 (int)wp->w_width, FALSE); 10894 } 10895 #endif 10896 10897 /* 10898 * Show current status info in ruler and various other places 10899 * If always is FALSE, only show ruler if position has changed. 10900 */ 10901 void 10902 showruler(int always) 10903 { 10904 if (!always && !redrawing()) 10905 return; 10906 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10907 if (pum_visible()) 10908 { 10909 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ 10910 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; 10911 return; 10912 } 10913 #endif 10914 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 10915 if ((*p_stl != NUL || *curwin->w_p_stl != NUL) && curwin->w_status_height) 10916 { 10917 redraw_custom_statusline(curwin); 10918 } 10919 else 10920 #endif 10921 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10922 win_redr_ruler(curwin, always, FALSE); 10923 #endif 10924 10925 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE 10926 if (need_maketitle 10927 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 10928 || (p_icon && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_ICON)) 10929 || (p_title && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_TITLE)) 10930 # endif 10931 ) 10932 maketitle(); 10933 #endif 10934 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ 10935 if (redraw_tabline) 10936 draw_tabline(); 10937 } 10938 10939 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10940 static void 10941 win_redr_ruler(win_T *wp, int always, int ignore_pum) 10942 { 10943 #define RULER_BUF_LEN 70 10944 char_u buffer[RULER_BUF_LEN]; 10945 int row; 10946 int fillchar; 10947 int attr; 10948 int empty_line = FALSE; 10949 colnr_T virtcol; 10950 int i; 10951 size_t len; 10952 int o; 10953 int this_ru_col; 10954 int off = 0; 10955 int width = Columns; 10956 10957 /* If 'ruler' off or redrawing disabled, don't do anything */ 10958 if (!p_ru) 10959 return; 10960 10961 /* 10962 * Check if cursor.lnum is valid, since win_redr_ruler() may be called 10963 * after deleting lines, before cursor.lnum is corrected. 10964 */ 10965 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) 10966 return; 10967 10968 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10969 /* Don't draw the ruler while doing insert-completion, it might overwrite 10970 * the (long) mode message. */ 10971 if (wp == lastwin && lastwin->w_status_height == 0) 10972 if (edit_submode != NULL) 10973 return; 10974 // Don't draw the ruler when the popup menu is visible, it may overlap. 10975 // Except when the popup menu will be redrawn anyway. 10976 if (!ignore_pum && pum_visible()) 10977 return; 10978 #endif 10979 10980 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 10981 if (*p_ruf) 10982 { 10983 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; 10984 10985 called_emsg = FALSE; 10986 win_redr_custom(wp, TRUE); 10987 if (called_emsg) 10988 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"rulerformat", -1, 10989 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); 10990 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; 10991 return; 10992 } 10993 #endif 10994 10995 /* 10996 * Check if not in Insert mode and the line is empty (will show "0-1"). 10997 */ 10998 if (!(State & INSERT) 10999 && *ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE) == NUL) 11000 empty_line = TRUE; 11001 11002 /* 11003 * Only draw the ruler when something changed. 11004 */ 11005 validate_virtcol_win(wp); 11006 if ( redraw_cmdline 11007 || always 11008 || wp->w_cursor.lnum != wp->w_ru_cursor.lnum 11009 || wp->w_cursor.col != wp->w_ru_cursor.col 11010 || wp->w_virtcol != wp->w_ru_virtcol 11011 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 11012 || wp->w_cursor.coladd != wp->w_ru_cursor.coladd 11013 #endif 11014 || wp->w_topline != wp->w_ru_topline 11015 || wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count != wp->w_ru_line_count 11016 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 11017 || wp->w_topfill != wp->w_ru_topfill 11018 #endif 11019 || empty_line != wp->w_ru_empty) 11020 { 11021 cursor_off(); 11022 if (wp->w_status_height) 11023 { 11024 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 11025 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp); 11026 off = wp->w_wincol; 11027 width = wp->w_width; 11028 } 11029 else 11030 { 11031 row = Rows - 1; 11032 fillchar = ' '; 11033 attr = 0; 11034 width = Columns; 11035 off = 0; 11036 } 11037 11038 /* In list mode virtcol needs to be recomputed */ 11039 virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; 11040 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 == NUL) 11041 { 11042 wp->w_p_list = FALSE; 11043 getvvcol(wp, &wp->w_cursor, NULL, &virtcol, NULL); 11044 wp->w_p_list = TRUE; 11045 } 11046 11047 /* 11048 * Some sprintfs return the length, some return a pointer. 11049 * To avoid portability problems we use strlen() here. 11050 */ 11051 vim_snprintf((char *)buffer, RULER_BUF_LEN, "%ld,", 11052 (wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) 11053 ? 0L 11054 : (long)(wp->w_cursor.lnum)); 11055 len = STRLEN(buffer); 11056 col_print(buffer + len, RULER_BUF_LEN - len, 11057 empty_line ? 0 : (int)wp->w_cursor.col + 1, 11058 (int)virtcol + 1); 11059 11060 /* 11061 * Add a "50%" if there is room for it. 11062 * On the last line, don't print in the last column (scrolls the 11063 * screen up on some terminals). 11064 */ 11065 i = (int)STRLEN(buffer); 11066 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i + 1, RULER_BUF_LEN - i - 1); 11067 o = i + vim_strsize(buffer + i + 1); 11068 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) /* can't use last char of screen */ 11069 ++o; 11070 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - width); 11071 if (this_ru_col < 0) 11072 this_ru_col = 0; 11073 /* Never use more than half the window/screen width, leave the other 11074 * half for the filename. */ 11075 if (this_ru_col < (width + 1) / 2) 11076 this_ru_col = (width + 1) / 2; 11077 if (this_ru_col + o < width) 11078 { 11079 /* need at least 3 chars left for get_rel_pos() + NUL */ 11080 while (this_ru_col + o < width && RULER_BUF_LEN > i + 4) 11081 { 11082 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 11083 if (has_mbyte) 11084 i += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buffer + i); 11085 else 11086 #endif 11087 buffer[i++] = fillchar; 11088 ++o; 11089 } 11090 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i, RULER_BUF_LEN - i); 11091 } 11092 /* Truncate at window boundary. */ 11093 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 11094 if (has_mbyte) 11095 { 11096 o = 0; 11097 for (i = 0; buffer[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(buffer + i)) 11098 { 11099 o += (*mb_ptr2cells)(buffer + i); 11100 if (this_ru_col + o > width) 11101 { 11102 buffer[i] = NUL; 11103 break; 11104 } 11105 } 11106 } 11107 else 11108 #endif 11109 if (this_ru_col + (int)STRLEN(buffer) > width) 11110 buffer[width - this_ru_col] = NUL; 11111 11112 screen_puts(buffer, row, this_ru_col + off, attr); 11113 i = redraw_cmdline; 11114 screen_fill(row, row + 1, 11115 this_ru_col + off + (int)STRLEN(buffer), 11116 (int)(off + width), 11117 fillchar, fillchar, attr); 11118 /* don't redraw the cmdline because of showing the ruler */ 11119 redraw_cmdline = i; 11120 wp->w_ru_cursor = wp->w_cursor; 11121 wp->w_ru_virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; 11122 wp->w_ru_empty = empty_line; 11123 wp->w_ru_topline = wp->w_topline; 11124 wp->w_ru_line_count = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; 11125 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 11126 wp->w_ru_topfill = wp->w_topfill; 11127 #endif 11128 } 11129 } 11130 #endif 11131 11132 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO) 11133 /* 11134 * Return the width of the 'number' and 'relativenumber' column. 11135 * Caller may need to check if 'number' or 'relativenumber' is set. 11136 * Otherwise it depends on 'numberwidth' and the line count. 11137 */ 11138 int 11139 number_width(win_T *wp) 11140 { 11141 int n; 11142 linenr_T lnum; 11143 11144 if (wp->w_p_rnu && !wp->w_p_nu) 11145 /* cursor line shows "0" */ 11146 lnum = wp->w_height; 11147 else 11148 /* cursor line shows absolute line number */ 11149 lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; 11150 11151 if (lnum == wp->w_nrwidth_line_count && wp->w_nuw_cached == wp->w_p_nuw) 11152 return wp->w_nrwidth_width; 11153 wp->w_nrwidth_line_count = lnum; 11154 11155 n = 0; 11156 do 11157 { 11158 lnum /= 10; 11159 ++n; 11160 } while (lnum > 0); 11161 11162 /* 'numberwidth' gives the minimal width plus one */ 11163 if (n < wp->w_p_nuw - 1) 11164 n = wp->w_p_nuw - 1; 11165 11166 wp->w_nrwidth_width = n; 11167 wp->w_nuw_cached = wp->w_p_nuw; 11168 return n; 11169 } 11170 #endif 11171 11172 /* 11173 * Return the current cursor column. This is the actual position on the 11174 * screen. First column is 0. 11175 */ 11176 int 11177 screen_screencol(void) 11178 { 11179 return screen_cur_col; 11180 } 11181 11182 /* 11183 * Return the current cursor row. This is the actual position on the screen. 11184 * First row is 0. 11185 */ 11186 int 11187 screen_screenrow(void) 11188 { 11189 return screen_cur_row; 11190 } 11191